Home

Owners Manual

1. 8 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to parent folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed 9 Ee Button Displays the information of the current song e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavailable on the CD or file 10 GUNES Knob amp iUi Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode NOTE Order of playing files folders 1 Song playing order to sequen tially Folder D Song File oot Folder A Folder AA dO DO D P n Folder AB Folder ABA D 9O Folder ABB DO D0 DO Folder B T Folder BA Folder BB D0 gt Features of your vehicle 2 Folder playing order If no song file is contained in the folder that folder is not displayed 5 gt x Root gt Folder A gt Folder A
2. A CAUTION Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage Driving your vehicle A CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels especially at speeds more than 35 mph 56 km h Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is station ary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage OBH058035L Smooth cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in cor ners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night e Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Ea
3. 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 108 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 216 months Q Add fuel additive Q Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 0 T GDI 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 114 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose QO Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 228 months QO Add fuel additive 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 120 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air condit
4. Standard programming To train most devices follow these instructions 1 3 4 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the but tons until step 4 has been completed While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indica tor light stays on constantly program ming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released 6 To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following e Reference the device owner s manual for verification e The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink Univ
5. For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury Adding equipment to or modify ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle OTF030043 1 OTF030044 1 Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of poten tial risks of the air bag system Jose aeses es eee ene eee cece eae teense eee eet eet a cee See see eee tease eee sete eae sea tee ene ce aoe cate ee ae ses e sees eee e soo eee seecece seem aee seen ese oes e Keys 4 2 Smart key 4 3 Remote keyless entry 4 5 Theft alarm system 4 10 Door locks 4 13 Trunk 4 18 Windows 4 21 Hood 4 25 Fuel filler lid 4 27 Sunroof 4 30
6. If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that coun try Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country you may experience the following problems and should therefore consider the possibility of having to deal with them 1 The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable If other than the specified fuel is used it could cause damage to the engine the fuel injection system and other fuel related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty 2 We must therefore clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer s war ranty Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of registration parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable Even if vehicles like yours are sold there mechanical specifi cations required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause additional problems 3 There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle You may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons Further we cannot assume any responsibility
7. In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle OTF040125 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position Prolonged operation of the heater in the F The indicator light on the recirculated air position without air con kiz button illuminates when the ditioning selected may cause fogging of recirculated air position is the windshield and side windows and the selected air within the passenger compartment With the recirculated air May become stale position selected air from In addition prolonged operation of the air the passenger compart conditioning with the recirculated air ment will be drawn through position selected will result in excessive the heating system and ly dry air in the passenger compartment heated or cooled according to the function selected OTF040126 Air intake control Outside fresh air position This is used to select outside fresh air p The indic
8. 10 Reinstall all package tray cable and side seat Lift and push the seat back backward firmly until it clicks into place 11 Reinstall the seat by pushing it down firmly OTF0O70062N 7 Remove the screws and package tray 8 Remove the fabric and nuts 9 Change the HMSL to a new one Maintenance Vanity mirror lamp Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Room lamp 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic housings Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label CAUTION Headlight Lens To prevent damage do not clean headlight lens with chemical sol vents or strong detergents Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of
9. EEEE EENENEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEENEEEENEEEEENEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE HBPHRHRHRHRHRHEHHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHREHEHEHRHEHEHR HEHE HREHRE HEHEHE REE RE eREeREReRRRERRERRR RRR Re RRR RRR eRe eRe eR eee ee ee eG gt gt 0WNER S MANUAL LOADING COE Wireless TM rise The Power to Surp GAS STATION INFORMATION N Gasoline UNLEADED gasoline Fuel Tank Capacity 18 49 gal 70 liters Recommended Engine Oil API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above Engine Oil Capacity with Filter Engine 4 86 qts 4 6 liters Engine Coolant 2 0L Engine 6 87 6 97 qts 6 5 6 6 liters 2 4L Engine 7 18 qts 6 8 liters Tire Pressure measured cold P205 65R16 94H 33 psi P215 55R17 98V 33 psi 225 45R18 95V 35 psi Automatic Transaxle Fluid MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV NOCA ATF SP IV KIA genuine ATF SP IV or other brands meeting the above specifi cation approved by KIAMOTORS CORP Capacity 2 0L Engine 8 24 qts 7 8 liters 2 4L Engine 7 50 qts 7 1 liters Manual Transaxle Fluid API Service GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life or other brands meeting the GL 4 specitica tion approved by KIA Motors Corp Capacity 2 4L Engine 1 9 qts 1 8 liters Brake Fluid FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 KIA THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service exp
10. ET Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you e Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specif
11. Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the but ton Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunc tion When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control Hill start assist control HAC Hill start Assist Control is a comfort func tion The main intent is to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards while driv ing uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the braking pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the driver s inten tion to drive
12. Snow chains Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and Suspension and may not be cov ered by your vehicle manufacturer s warranty The snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified Always check chain installation for prop er mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manu facturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads When mounting snow chains park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangular emer gency warning device behind the vehicle if available Driving your vehicle e The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling e Do not exceed 20 mph 30 km h or the chain manufacturers recommended speed limit whichever is lower e Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes sharp turns and other road haz ards which may
13. The rear seatbacks may be folded to 1 Set the front seatback to the upright facilitate carrying long items or to position and if necessary slide the increase the luggage capacity of the front seat forward vehicle 2 Lower the rear headrest to the lowest position 3 Open the trunk a OTF030020 4 Pull the lock release lever 1 and fold the rear seatback forward and down firmly If the seat belt locks after unfolding the rear seatback pull out the locked seat belt release it then pull it out again Safety features of your vehicle To unfold the rear seat 1 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback If you can not see the red line at the bottom of folding lever it means the seatback is locked completely 2 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 3 When the seatback is completely installed check the seatback folding lever again When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper posi tion Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon the A WARNING Shoulder belt A WARNING Seat belt bony structure of the body
14. ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period e Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speed e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is reduced by cross winds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform s
15. 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices Gate operator amp Canadian program ming During programming your handheld transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System button note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate operator security system entry door lock home office lighting etc For con venience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time Features of your vehicle Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the handheld transmit ter button The HomeLink indica
16. Anchor pre tensioner assembly Both the driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operat ing conditions and are not hazardous Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt does not work properly this warning light will illu minate even if the SRS air bag has not malfunctioned If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illumi nates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tens
17. Appearance care 7 75 Emission control system 7 81 California perchlorate notice 7 84 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 2 4L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Positive battery terminal 7 Negative battery terminal 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9 Radiator cap 10 Engine oil dipstick E 2 0L Engine OTF070002 OYF071200N Maintenance ee O MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been per formed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service c
18. D rivin our vehicle OTF050022 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Press the CRUISE ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OTF050024 Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be affected by the driver s driving habits and road condi tions e When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating e When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO but ton again e If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode Limitation of Active EC
19. Features of your vehicle 4 Driver position memory system 4 34 Steering wheel 4 36 Mirrors 4 39 Instrument cluster 4 49 Hazard warning flasher 4 75 Rearview camera 4 79 Welcome system 4 80 Lighting 4 81 Wipers and washers 4 85 Interior light 4 88 Defroster 4 91 Manual climate control system 4 92 Automatic climate control system 4 101 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 109 Storage compartment 4 113 Interior features 4 115 Audio system 4 119 Features of your vehicle KEYS OFD047001 Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it ina safe place not in the vehicle m Type A J j OFD047002 A OED036001A Key operations Type A Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors m Type B OUB041001N X The actual feature may differ from the illus tration Type B To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OTF040003 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a doo
20. It should be disposed of properly Maintenance WASHER FLUID Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Maintenance PARKING BRAKE 4 SS PUSH Checking the parking brake Type A Check whether the stroke is within spec ification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 44 Ib 20 kg 196 N of force Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade Type B Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 44 lbs 20 kg 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER X 4 OTFO70012 OYF079013 Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner It must be replaced when necessary and clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter should not be washed 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching You can clean the filter when inspecting clips the air cleaner element Clean the filter by
21. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass head ing again There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situations the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio fre quency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators garage door openers entry door locks security sys tems even home lighting Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the out lined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www home link com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 CAUTION Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate oper ator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent pote
22. a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 192 months Q Replace coolant First 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 120 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive Maintenance a ae 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 102 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose QO Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 204 months Q Add fuel additive Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 2 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if nec essary 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT
23. and should be Never wear the shoulder belt under buckle worn low across the pelvis chest and your arm or behind your back An Do not allow foreign material gum shoulders as applicable wearing the lap improperly positioned shoulder crumbs coins etc to obstruct the section of the belt across the abdominal belt cannot protect the occupant in seat belt buckle This may prevent area must be avoided a crash the seat belt from fastening secure Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly ly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed WARNING Damaged seat A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro p belt tection afforded to the wearer Replace the entire seat belt assem Care should be taken to avoid contami at ay pa of ap webbing or nation of the webbing with polishes oils arcwareNSicamagEctasiyouican and chemicals and particularly battery no longer be Sais that a damaged acid Cleaning may safely be carried out seat belt will provide protection in a using mild soap and water The belt crash should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged e For maximum restraint system protec Twi tion the seat belts must always be A WARNING pace seat used whenever the vehicle is moving p A properly positioned shoulder belt Make sure your seat belt is not should be positioned midway over your twisted when worn A twisted seat shoulder across your colla
24. areas e Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads e Driving in mountainous areas e Extended periods of idling or low speed operation e Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles con tinue to follow the prescribed mainte nance intervals Maintenance o a Maintenance i NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first 3 000 miles 5 000 km or 6 months Replace engine oil and filter 2 0 T GDl At first replace at 3 000 miles 5 000 km or 6 months after that every 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 6 months 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 6 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Q Add fuel additive 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 mont
25. check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant leaks stop the engine immediately and call the near est authorized Kia dealer for assis tance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an author ized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure
26. door and try again to lock the doors If trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t oper ate and theft alarm will not arm Close the trunk or engine hood The hazard warning lights blink once and theft alarm arms Features of your vehicle The theft alarm system by the key can be activated by an authorized Kia dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger s leaves the vehicle If any door or trunk or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The trunk is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the trans mitter or smart key Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started within 3 sec onds The ignition switch is in the
27. e Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable e Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued Continued e Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle O REEK a scan mure TF_USA_USB Using USB device 1 Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode 2 Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to play songs randomly in current folder e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device e To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 3 MEB Button REPEAT e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder To cancel REPEAT press this button again
28. essary braking This also reduces brake wear e Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption e Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences e Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month e Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt
29. pedal depressed Driving your vehicle Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear e In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone e In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required e In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected e In sports mode when the engine rom approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically e To maintain the required levels of vehi cle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear D OTF050013 Paddle shifter if equipped The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the D position or the sport mode Driving your vehicle With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter can operate when the vehicle speed is more than 6 2 mph Pull the o
30. same rating 5 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Remove the fuse panel in the engine compartment 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal If the button starting fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Open the cover in the engine compart ment 2 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 3 Close the cover If the multi or starting fuse is blown con sult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel if equipped Maintenance EE Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected MODULE 3 7 5A Key Solenoid Sport Mode Switch PDM 1 25A Smart Key Control Module POWER OUTLET 15A Front Power Outlet MODULE 5 7 5A Smart Key Control Module Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH RH MODULE 2 7 5A BCM Panorama Sunroof Ra
31. 29 Homelink mirror see the electric chromic mirror ECM with homelink system and compass e eeeeeeeeeee 4 39 ELGG clsscss sess dsceessstinecentns issezctesicas tei hahaa rte esd T 4 25 ea E EAE AEA E E E TE 4 37 How to use this manual e eseeessesssssessseesseresessessseseseesesneses 1 2 l Ignition key interlock system ereettrtttteerretteerttttee 5 20 immobilizer system eeteeereeteeeesttteeesseeesessteessssreesseeeeessns 4 8 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 Indicators and Wamings eeteeteeeettteeeeeteetsseteeessetteesrttteens 4 60 Inside rearview Mirror e seseceseeeeeeesseeteeeeeceesecesseesaeeeeeees 4 39 Instrument Cluster c es eee ececstcesscscccscecsncesaceceascoessereseecenes 4 49 Engine temperature ZAUGE ererrreseeeeseeeeeeesseetee tte eeeeeteees 4 51 Fuel gauge eetteeeeeeeeeerttrteeserteseesseeesssseeesssseeesserreeseneeeens 4 51 Instrument panel illumination eetere eee 4 50 Odorhetep sie sedeectes seas cseascesssseavessce E EEE EKTA EK SA 4 52 Index R Speedometer ER E POA EI O AESI E EST E O E E E 4 50 Tachometer ercsescccesceeeeceeeeceeeceeeceeaeeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee 4 50 Trip computer APEP OA OEE EE A IE OE AN 4 53 Distance tO SCrviCeesssstescreeeceteseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeees 4 54 Vehicle option PEPPEN POEA EEEE EEE EO E E 4 58 Warning and 1GIGALOTS ts0seevsesecsvesavcossevacsececentedevescene 4 60 Instrument panel HINT aiihol 1ato PEER eee re
32. 4 Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed 3 4 5 CAT FOLDER SCAN MUTE v 5 EATI Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 ENS Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE NORMAL DISPLAY FILE NAME Displays no information if the file has no song information Features of your vehicle 8 GUUS Knob amp iudi Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode FOLDER Xo x 7 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button
33. 50 km will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 30 to 999 miles 50 to 999 km If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available Outside temperature unit change C F perform the following steps with in 10 seconds 1 Push the RESET button 5 times 2 Push the TRIP button 5 times Features of your vehicle m Type A m Type B AVG Fuel Economy 37 MPG Average OTF042064N Average fuel consumption This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 0 03 mile 50 m Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consumption is displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero m Type A E Type B I
34. 81 Before driving eeeeeeetteeerrtteeeessteeeesseeeesseeessssseesseseeessns 5 3 Bottle holders see cup holders s ssesseseseeseeees 4 115 Brake system ssssssssssssssssesessessesssssssesseesessensenseseessesens 5 21 Anti lock brake system ABS s ssssseseeeeeeeeeees 5 24 Electronic stability control ESC ereere 5 26 Parking brake seeeeeeeeeseteeessseeeeesseeeessseeesssseeesnerreesnerreens 5 22 Power DAES tee2sseseesessesscsssesvevesscocscvcssasseses bopessedeatess ey 5 21 Hill start assist control HAC srr ereteteeeeesereeeeeees 5 29 Vehicle stability management terrttteerettt eee 5 30 Brakes clutch fluid seierrike iieereisieeesne iseis as 7 26 Bulb replacement ssssssssssesessessessessessesseneeneesseens 7 64 Bulb wattage seeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeesesteseessteeessseeesssseeessssteesnerreesnne 8 3 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 6 Index r C California perchlorate HOCE riets niecce siirserninbrssn 7 84 Capacities Lubricants eeeeeeeeeereeeerereerereereresreresreresrereee 8 6 Care EXteriOLr CALC scretteteeceeceeeteeteeeeeeeecsecesceeeseeseeeeeeeerseeenee 7 75 INteriOLr CALE vecceeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeceeeceeaeeeeaeeeeeeceneesese esses eeeeee 7 79 biteri E 7 39 Cargo weight IERE IEAA IIIENA AETLI SPEAN 5 52 Center console S OrAgE e eteetetertererterertereeterentereererereereneen 4 113 Central door lock SWitChr ssseceeeeeeeeeeseeseeseeceeeeeeesan
35. Automatic control wipe OFF Off MIST Single wipe B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front if equipped Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is a heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation da o 6 Ea OYF049103 AUTO Automatic control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops Features of your vehicle To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF posi tion when the wiper is not
36. EE ENEA EPOE E ENT 5 40 Driving mflooded ALEAS v rssseeeeeteceeteeteeeeeeeseeceececeeeeeeaeenee 5 4 Driving IN the raitr eesseeessccesvcceesccessccesseeessecesseeesseeess 5 4 E Economical operation s ssessessesseseeeessesseteeesneseens 5 37 EDR see vehicle data collection and event data PECOLCETS E O T sycavesesosls 1 5 Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink system and COMPASS eteeetttteeteeteeeetereesssseeesssseeessnrreesnerttessnten 4 39 Electric power steering eeeteeeetteeeetserereesseessesseessrtreessse 4 36 Electrical equipment essesseeeeseeseteeteeeeeseens 8 12 Electronic stability control ESC ereere 5 26 Emergency starting Saeed ea ceauaeeunadereeserarecsancaragednnd cedecedaneeetaed 6 4 Jump starting scsentneecnnen se daaenaeectaatntaa teeaebessenneaeteea eeceaecneeces 6 4 Push starting S dead ebbaderenucddanevandedaceteaisenad E 6 6 Emergency while driving sssssssesessessesensensenees 6 2 Emission control system sssssssssseeessssseeteseeeneseens 7 81 Crankcase emission control System eeeeeereees 7 81 Evaporative emission control System ereeeeeeeeeereees 7 81 Exhaust emission control system ereere tten 7 82 Engine COMPALtMENt eeesereeeereeeeeeteteetetettetete teens teens 2 4 7 2 Engine COOLANE ereecreceeeteeece cesses eeeecescceeeeeesseceeeseeeseetseeeees 7 23 Engine TUDE reves ee eee eere eceeeeeeeeesseceeeeeeesecsseeeere
37. Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Maintenance es es Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manuf
38. Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available Say Yes to complete adding entry Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers constituted as grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 Adding Entry by Phone Press button Say Phonebook Say Add Entry after prompt Say By Phone to proceed Say Yes to confirm Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 min utes depending on the phone model and number of entries Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message Changing Name The registered names can be modified Press button Say Phonebook Say Change Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag
39. IF EQUIPPED Armed Va Disarmed Theft alarm lt stage stage This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and trunk and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmitter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once e Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the
40. Light bulbs sesserestittitiitiiititirissrnssntssnsnsnsstsrsrsnsten 7 63 eee en ee ee 4 81 Battery saver FUNCtION eeceeeeeecee ee eeceeeeeeececeeeeeeseeeneeseeeees 4 81 Headlight escort FUNCTION or tere E EnEn 4 8 Headlight leveling CEVICE steeeeeeeeete eee T 4 81 Lower anchor SSA 6 0 REE 3 37 Lubricants and capacities OE E E E 8 6 Lumbar SUppOT Rec 3 5 3 7 Index Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Maintenance ServiCeserrssrscesseeseeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeacecsecaeeneenaes 7 3 Maintenance under severe usage conditions e 7 18 Normal maintenance schedtlle c sceeeeceeeceereeeeeeneeeees 7 8 Owner Maintenance vv rseseceseeteceeeeseeeeceseeeeeeseeeaeesaeeneenaes 7 5 Scheduled maintenance Service ss eeeerreteeeeteeeeeeseeeeeee 7 7 Tire maintenance vevcesseescesseceeceseceeceseeseceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 44 Maintenance ServiCes crs rersseesecesesseceeceeceeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeens 7 3 Manual climate control system 4 92 Air conditioning sssssesssesesssessessesseseneseessteeseenees 4 97 Climate control air filter eese eree erreteerereereeeereereees 4 99 Heating and air conditioning eee 4 93 Manual transaxle ssccssecesceseeeeceseeeeceeeeseeeeeeeaeceeeeaeenaeeaee 5 12 Memory fuse s ssssssssssssssessessnesessssssessessesenasassnassensases 7 54 aa A T 4 37 Day night rearview Mirror seer eee rete eee eects ee eens eeeeeneeeeeenes 4 39 Electric chromic mirror ECM with homelink
41. ON posi tion for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 sec onds After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or trunk is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed Features of your vehicle e Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the igni tion switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 sec onds Then the system will be dis armed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer e If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the igni tion switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS Ye _ e Once the doors are unlocked they may NOTICE be opened by pulling the door handle e In cold and wet climates door lock e When closing the door push the door and door mechanisms may not work by hand Make sure the doors are properly due to freezing conditions closed securely e If the door is locked
42. Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passen ger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest ing them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Devices n A oe i irae ra SRS warning Front passenger tor light light meee 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Off Off Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system with 12 months old oni or Paapiveles 3 Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4 Malfunction in the system Off On Activated 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER A
43. PEER 4 119 Anti lock brake system ABS ssssssssssseeseeesseees 5 24 Appearance CATS a 7 75 EXteriOLr CALC eiside eee eeteeeteeteeeeeeeeecseceeceeeseeseeeeeeeeesseeenee 7275 Interior CALE eceeteeete eee eeteeeeeeceeceeeceecseceseceeeseeteeeeeeeersecenee 7 79 Audio system Wiss ddisids cisinids dave E ds ass ds eis E deeds cs 4 119 G1ASS ANteNMasssscereeceeeeceeeece tence eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeees 4 119 Steering wheel andio controlere rirerire 4 120 Aux USB and iPod porteeeeeeeeeteeeererrertereerrertertereee 4 121 Auto defogging SYS EM ssseseseseseeeeseeeseeeteeeeseeeeetseseeneneees 4 119 Automatic climate control system eeeeeerereereeeeeeeeres 4 101 Air conditioning EENAA ES E E E E 4 107 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 102 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 103 Automatic transaxle ss0 sessscececessccsrersacesassceseccenes 5 15 Ignition key interlock system s ssseseeeeeeeees 5 20 Paddle shifter sstscsessieviesessetisescese sets chess oteasstiti wevdeedbeseeys 5 18 Shift lock system ss ssssesessesseesesseeesseesetseeeesseees 5 19 Sports mode sssesesseseeseseesseseseeseeseseeseeeseeseeees 5 17 Aux USB and iPod port eeeeeeeeesteeeeesseeesssseeesssrreesseeren 4 121 B Battery Spese RRS PENE HAN Ode ESKES SEEEN E SEKAS ER EEEE oSTHESTENRSUNREANS HSEEE 7 36 Battery Saver functors rsssresrssiresessirssierenirsz eransi sws 4
44. Say Yes to confirm Say new desired name Features of your vehicle Deleting Name m Bluetooth wireless technology Audio The registered names can be deleted Speaker Adaptation Speaker adaptation will improve perform Press button ance of voice recognition system to a Say Phonebook particular user voice Say Delete Name after prompt This will degrade the performance for Say the name of the entry voice tag Other users Say Yes to confirm Record Press button for 10 sec Say Record profile Say Yes Say the word displayed on Radio e Delete Press J button for 10 sec Say Delete profile Say Yes Features of your vehicle m Key matrix Comected ee we i Pal Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call mpty BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call J fe 2am Not Paired Not Connecting Accept Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active Transfer call secret call vR VR vR va Reject Call End Call End Call End Call MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel Speaker Speaker Adaptation Adaptation Only English Only English SHORT Active Active Active Active Exhaust system 5 2 Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 ENGINE START STOP button 5 6 Starting the engine 5 9 Manual transaxle 5 12 Automatic transaxle 5 15 Brake sys
45. Shifting into P Park while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator
46. Stability Control ESC system To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance Lc Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Cont
47. The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts fe ay OTF040046 Folding the outside rearview mirror Electric Type if equipped To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button To unfold it depress the button again CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary while the engine is not run ning In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure io Scce neces sa ee ene cee eee ease teense eee Reet eet a AE eee es ete eae Sea see ede ce aoe cet E eee oo eee ceee ace ease Seen eee aeee Features of your vehicle OTF040045 Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 1 Tachometer 2 Fuel gauge 3 Speedometer 4 Turn signal indicators 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Odometer Trip computer K The actual cluster in the vehicle m
48. To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 gt OTF030011 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height OTF030045N Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmers are provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat Safety features of your vehicle During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer CAUTION Seat damage is not needed keep the switches in the When cleaning the seats do not OFF position use an organic solvent such as With the seat warmer switch in the ON paint thinner benzene alcohol position the heating system in the seat and gasoline Doing so may dam turns off or on automatically depending age the surface of the heater or on the seat temperature seats e Each time you push the button the To prevent overheating the seat temperature setting of the seat is warmer do not place anything on changed as follows the seats that insulates against F Ais heat such as blankets cushions OFF
49. Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs ao 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage a
50. When the diagnostics are completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition e A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position e Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed e The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warning light will illuminate on the instrument cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Tilt and telescoping steering if equipped Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges aa OTF040037 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering whe
51. able to start the engine Features of your vehicle e When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder If the smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator will blink Low fuel level warning light a This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped Malfunction indicator lamp MIL check engine light C4 This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this indicator light illuminates while driv ing it indicates that a potential malfunc tion has been detected somewhere in the emission control system This indicator light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and will go off in a few sec onds after the engine is started If it illu minates while driving or does not illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the syste
52. accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possi ble and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be
53. and WHEEIS seessvdernacecsesoevycssvveostncssvnevswnetsspaeaderesdeees 8 4 Tire mobility kiteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeesstesessseeessssseessssneesnereeens 6 21 TOWING oesssessessessesseeseseeseenseeeeeseesesnesnssesseeseesensesseseeneesens 6 27 Transaxle Automatic transaxle s100 cssseceserscaceessecsscecesecssnns 5 15 Ma nal transaxle sscesscesseceseeesseesesesssceesecnseecaeeeeaees 5 12 Trip Computer ss ssssssesseeseesessesesssssesseesesnensenteneeseenens 4 53 Tarn A E E A 4 18 V Vehicle break in process ssssssssssssesessssseseseteseensees 1 4 Vehicle certification label eesceceseeeeeereecenteeeeeeeeeseneeeens 8 8 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders EDR 1eret terest eeteseseseeneenensenseneaeanes 1 5 Vehicle identification number VIN eres 8 8 Index E U Vehicle load Limit ceceeesceceeeseeceeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeaneeeeeaneesees 5 47 Certification label ssceeseecsseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeneeees 5 50 Vehicle option N PIER PON PIRAN IAOEE E I PE AS 4 58 Vehicle stability Management ereeerseeeeseeeseetseee teens teeneees 5 30 Vehicle weight LELLE LEONE ORILLE N TEKOS E LEIDERS ESITE DENEAN 5 52 Base curb weight PA EEEE ALIAE EN N A E NN 5 52 Cargo weight E ENEAS daued soba PS EE E E E A T euens 5 52 GAW Gross axle weight ETE OETI E AE T EA EEN 5 52 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 52 GVW Gross vehicle weight A PE E A 5
54. and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving your vehicle Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Never exceed posted speed limits Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle o
55. and immediately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage rat ings CAUTION Fuse replace ment Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system Maintenance Y f a a 1 a B OTF070018 Instrument panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigar lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OTFO70019 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 T
56. any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area e When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle e Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running e When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more e Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result
57. around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamina tion if equipped A CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake cluitch fluid in brake clutch system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake clutch system If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible CAUTION Brake clutch fluid Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality can not be guaranteed
58. assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 47 in 120 cm behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intend ed to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limit ed Whenever backing up pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system Operation of the rear parking assist system Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON e The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 47 in 120 cm e When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first Types of warning sound e When an object is 47 in to 32 in 120 cm to 81 cm from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently e When an object is 31 in to 16 in 80 cm to 41 cm from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently e When an object is within 15 in 40 cm of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously Features of your vehicle Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is cov
59. battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not run ning turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory
60. becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours e If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours Maintenance E When recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation e Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C e Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging e Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal e Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine e The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Auto down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 e Climate cont
61. belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container A CAUTION Rear windows Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance ee EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Consumer Information manual in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an author ized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic
62. brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position OTF050016 Hand type To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button Drivin DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will illuminate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible stop driving the vehicle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehi cle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop W 75 Anti lock brake system ABS if equipped ABS or ESC will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The vehic
63. by automatically sensing the moisture inside the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the moisture inside the windshield and operates AUTO If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follows For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 1 Outside air position Step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 3 Increasing air flow toward the windshield Step 4 Operating the air conditioning Step 5 Maximizing the air conditioning If your vehicle is equipped with the auto defogging system it is automatically acti vated when the conditions are met However if you would like to cancel the auto defogging system press the front defroster button 4 times within 2 seconds while pressing the AUTO button The indicator will blink 3 times to notify you that the system is cancelled To use the auto defogging system again follow the procedures mentioned above If the battery has been disconnected or discharged it resets to the auto defog ging status NOTICE If the A C off or recirculated air position is manually selected while the auto defogging system is on the auto defog ging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that manual operation is can c
64. cause the vehicle to bounce e Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking CAUTION Snow chains Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as desc
65. collisions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a suffi cient frontal force in another type of impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1JBA3515 Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions Safety features of your vehicle OED036100 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit press ved y 1JBA3516 e Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection 1JBA3521 In a slant or angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a
66. controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the igni tion key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening t OTF040020 Window opening and closing if equipped The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OTF040021 Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desi
67. driver not to drive too fast 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor 4 so that the bottle is upright NOTICE If a foreign object is seen that has punctured the tire do not remove it before using Tire Mobility Kit 6 7 o OEL069019 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 29 PSI 200kpa This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age loc
68. dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any cleaners containing acid or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish Maintenance i Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By usin
69. engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating sa Cooling Sa 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e D OTF040122 Features of your vehicle t OTF040121 Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters OTF040123 MAX A C Level B D if equipped The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster
70. gt HIGH or seat covers while the seat T warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety features of your vehicle Climate control seat if equipped The climate control seat is provided to cool or warm the seat during hot or cold weather by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat and seat back While the engine is running push the rear portion of the switch to cool the seat and push the front portion of the switch to warm the seat When the operation of the climate control seat is not needed keep the switch in the OFF position The climate control seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Each time you push the button the air flow is changed as follows OFF gt HIGH Tt CAUTION The climate control seat is a sup plementary cooling heating sys tem Use the climate control seat when the climate control system is on Using the climate control seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the climate con trol seat performance to impair When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the seats Do not spill liquid such as water or beverages on the surface of the front s
71. headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in differ ent directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or sepa rate causing death or serious injury B230D01NF Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor Position Indicator OTF030031N Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indi cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors
72. ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H posi tion it indicates overheating that may damage the engine m Type A OUB041046N OUB041047N Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplement ed by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty Features of your vehicle On inclines or curves the fuel gauge m Type A m Type B pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank 68 F 000000 mi 000000 mi CAUTION Low fuel OTF042060N Avoid driving with extremely low Odometer fuel A Sek out Si r could Odometer Galise WO engine te IEE CEMER The odometer indica h dis ing the catalytic converter tance the vehicle has s dn You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed Features of your vehicle E Cluster Type A E Cluster Type B TRIP A lt _ TRIP A pe y y TRIP B TRIP B y y Distance to empty Distance to empty y y Averag
73. in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Maintenance A eee CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www disc ca gov haz ardouswaste perchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Engine 8 2 Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 3 Tires and wheels 8 4 Weight volume 8 5 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 8 Vehicle certification label 8 8 Tire specification and pressure label 8 9 Engine number 8 9 Refrigerant label 8 9 Consumer assistance 8 10 Electrical equipment 8 12 Reporting safety defects 8 13 Online factory authorized manuals 8 14 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ENGINE Item 2 4 GDI 2 0 T GDI Displacement cu in cc 143 96 cu in 2359 cc 121 92 cu in 1998 cc 3 46 x 3 46 in 3 46 x 3 82 mm Bore x Stroke in mm 86 x 86 mm 88 x 97 mm Firing order 13 gt 3754 2 1337542 No of cylinders 4 In line 4 In line DIMENSIONS Item in mm
74. in use Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers NOTICE Sensor cover Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass as this may damage the sensor system NOTICE Winter driving Always set the auto wiper switch to the off position in the winter to avoid auto activation during icy conditions which may damage the windshield wipers A CAUTION Wiper position When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle w OYF049101 Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Washer pump To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty CAUTION Wi
75. label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture e Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side
76. of the battery This may cause the leak of dangerous internal elec trolytes 1 3 4 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded If the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged
77. off Driving your vehicle e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESP is off but it does not activate when the ESP has malfunctioned Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehicle is driving ona slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indi cator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline e Driving rearward e ESC OFF indicator light amp remains on the instrument cluster e ESC indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction ha
78. on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs What to do in an emergency Wheels and wheel covers may have 10 To install the wheel hold it on the sharp edges Handle them carefully studs put the wheel nuts on the to avoid possible injury Before put studs and tighten them finger ting the wheel into place be sure tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is that there is nothing on the hub or completely seated then tighten wheel such as mud tar gravel etc the nuts as much as possible that prevents the wheel from fitting with your fingers again solidly against the hub 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OTF060007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated complete ly over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight Then double check each nut for tight ness After changing the wheels have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening
79. or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchorage system Child restraint hook holders are located on the package tray Safety features of your vehicle 1 Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable headrests route the tether strap under the head rest and between the
80. or damaged parts immediately Brake clutch fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Maintenance ee Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leaka
81. s seat Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support Safety features of your vehicle Va A_N Tina Tei i jj x DE OMG038400 Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjust ed so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended gt OTF030012 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent To adjust the headrest to its furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck Safety features of your vehicle Y j OTF030010 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1
82. salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking per formance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed Maintenance OJB037800 A CAUTION Wetting engine Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materia
83. securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it light ly and make sure that it is securely closed Features of your vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is installed x NOTICE securely to prevent fuel spillage in the A WARNING Static When using an approved portable fuel event of an accident electricity container be sure to place the container m e Before touching the fuel nozzle on the ground prior to refueling Static E you should eliminate potentially electricity discharge from the container A WARNING eee on dangerous static electricity dis can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire charge by touching another metal Once refueling has begun contact with Read and follow all warnings post part of the vehicle a safe dis the vehicle should be maintained until ed at the gas station facility Failure tance away from the fuel filler the filling is complete Use only to follow all warnings will result in neck nozzle or other gas source approved portable plastic fuel contain severe personal injury severe e Do not get back into a vehicle ers designed to carry and store gasoline burns or death due to fire or explo once you have begun refueling Sion since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing A WARNING Cell phone or sliding against any item or fab fires ric polyester satin nylon etc Do not use cellular phones while capable of producing static elec refueling Electric current and or
84. simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Press the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature 2 Set the temperature control knob to the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting Lo the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button e Air conditioning button e Front windshield defroster button e Air intake control button e Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73 F 23 C NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of your vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness o
85. the Bluetooth wireless tech nology streaming enabled for example i e Menu Filemanager Music gt Option Play via Bluetooth Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth wireless tech nology cellular phone music streaming stop music playback on the cellular phone or change the audio mode to AM FM SIRIUS CD iPod ect Features of your vehicle m Phone Setup All Bluetooth wireless technology relat ed operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select Phone item by rotating the knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the knob then push the knob e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth wireless tech nology features the phone must be paired registered with the audio sys tem Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair a phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer to Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Pair in PHONE menu The audio displays Dev
86. the driver s door sill Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 7 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 8 If you have a flat tire 6 13 Towing 6 27 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergenc ROAD WARNING i e 07040105 Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the
87. time the lever is operated in this manner OTF050021 To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever 1 down to SET and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the lever at the speed you want to maintain Move the lever 1 down to SET and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the lever is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move the lever up to RES You will return to your previously preset speed To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control oper ation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OTF050023 To cancel cruise control do one of the following e Depress the brake pedal e Depress the clutch pedal with a manu al transaxle e Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle e Press the CANCEL switch e Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h e Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph 40 km h
88. to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Maintenance es Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gauge firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information
89. tricity Static electricity discharge electronic interference from cellu can ignite fuel vapors resulting in lar phones can potentially ignite rapid burning If you must re fuel vapors causing a fire enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source Features of your vehicle Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord ing to the Fuel requirements suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine Kia cap or the equiv alent specified for your vehicle An incor rect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emis sion control system A CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior sur faces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OVG049031 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing condi tions After the vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on t
90. unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components OHD046001 Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock e If you lock unlock the door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock auto matically e From the drivers door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the driver s door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter key or smart key if equipped Features of your vehicle OTF040011 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble e To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not show e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward e If the inner door handle of the front door is pulled when the door lock but ton is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped e Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if the sma
91. 0 8 seconds or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY CELLU LAR PHONE Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth wireless technology settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth wireless tech nology enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth wireless technology related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth wireless technology operations The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth wireless technology related fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g ina tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc Continued continued If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call e Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth wireless technology system or cellular service stations can be disturbed e While a phone is connected through Bluetooth wireless technology your phone may dis charge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth wireless technology related operations e Some
92. 01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 of the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OMG035300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt Safety features of your vehicle 3 __ A The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4
93. 040097N This indicator displays when the trunk is not closed securely Features of your vehicle Illumination E Type A Illumination m Type B Illumination SP max OTF040098N The illumination intensity of the instru ment panel is shown when adjusting it with the illumination control switch Parking assist warning m Type A m Type B OTF040099N Displays the area an obstacle is detected while moving rearward Low washer liquid m Type A m Type B Low Washer Liquid Low Washer Liquid gt OTF040100N This warning light illuminates for 12 sec onds when the washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty To turn off the warning light immediately press the RESET button for more than 1 second Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER m Type A va The hazard warning lights are turned on by pressing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED ae OTF040101 The rear parking assist system
94. 1 Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle 2 ry Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked by an author ized Kia dealer if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion W7 147 OTF032049N SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module SRSCM 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR B
95. 52 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeeenereeeee 5 52 W Warnings ANG indicators s25s ssseeseessscceeresssssossssescdsodcneesons 4 60 Washer fluid eiieeii cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees T 27 e cto eed easel 5 52 Base curb weight EMASE TREINE IRIE ONAA PET capeanseaesmeesecbindsines 5 52 Cargo weight PEPEPEPE EREE PE EEEIEE EFE EPEE EREE 5 52 GAW Gross axle weight EE E A EO E T 5 52 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eeeeeeeeeeeerere 5 52 GVW Gross vehicle weight EE OOE ITE E AREE 5 52 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating ereeneneeeee 5 52 Welcome system REAPPEAR SIN EA PE EE AE OOE 4 80 Wheel alignment and tire balance sssseeeereeeeeeeees 7 42 Wheel replacement secs oUalcl bees SENSE KES KES NecbecaOESbbeseWedeeesosest eee 7 44 Mindon sone omen nae eee 4 21 AUto GOWN Window vrreecsseteeteeeeeetteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeesaaeeeeseeen es 4 23 Auto up down WTO Weise stinsscncnssscsecsdavenessadiesteriessssesnons 4 23 Power window lock button recececeeeeeseeseeceeceeeeceeeeaeenes 4 24 Windshield defrosting and defogging eee 4 109 Defogging logic diseastbacdasscianda deuseageyiacedestaecuordenacaiestess 4 111 Winter driving Saab dvnee asses Guns E P S P A EEE E T TT ETA 5 43 SHOW rEg crrreeter eect eeetteeeceeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseesseeeseeeeseeeeseeeeneees 5 43 Tite CHAMIS esi sscetsscisescececetisossetsesstes n aaan hE E 5 44 Wiper plade g isee sesees sess cess capes cises cence cineesuncensncenvacdeescemyes 7 33 Wipers A
96. 9 11 88 107 Compact 9180B6 piste 60 60 60 60 spare tire 420 420 420 420 T135 80D17 103M 4 0Tx17 60 60 60 60 Normal load Up to 3 persons CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects WEIGHT VOLUME 2 4 GDI 2 0 T GDI Item M T AT Gross vehicle weight 4300 Ibs 4497 Ibs Ibs kg 1950 kg 2040 kg Luggage volume cu ft 15 43 cu ft 437 1 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil drain and refill Recommends D API Service SM 4 86 US qt 4 6 1 ILSAC GF 4 or above TOTAL QU VUES API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life Manual transaxle fluid 1 90 US at 1 8 J or other brands meeting the GL 4 specitication approved by Kia Motors Corp MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV f 20T GDI pest NOCA ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV or ot
97. A gt Folder ABA gt d h x gt Folder ABB gt Folder Ba gt otter BB Features of your vehicle CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE e To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If yo
98. AG OFF indi cator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner assembly if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under press
99. AL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 36 months 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 42 months Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect vacuum hose Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI Inspect brake hoses and lines 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 84 months Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Add fuel additive Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec a MESES pont dise pae pac Salers cereal its n ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives upper arm ball joint Inspect suspension mounting bolts Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 72 months O Add fuel additive Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 0 T GDI NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering g
100. E TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise USA iPod SCAN MUTE ERIA ENA 7 MEJ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM gt NORMAL DISPLAY TITLE Displays no informa tion if the file has no song information 8 GUUS Knob amp aid Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information if equipped Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 chan nels including 69 channels of 100 com mercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio channels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehi cle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstruc
101. EDE FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES gt AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Le poids total ces occupants et du chargement ne cot jamais d passer kg ou TRE Size a La ep PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID FRONT AVANT pzosesrie 225kPa 33psi 4 REAR r ARRIERE Pzosesrie 225kPa 33psi SPARE NONE DE SECOURS AUCUN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR s TOTAL 5 2 3 NOMBREDEPLACES ree AVANT ARRIERE Vehicle capacity weight 9U4 ibs 410 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load e combined weight of ads total Ges Caparis et pants and cargo should never exceed Chargement ne dott jamais d passer re OMENSIONS PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID 240kPa 35psi anne 225 45R18 240kPa 35psi 22s 45R18 E SPARE 713580017 420kPa 60psi TIRE PNEU SIZE DIMENSIONS COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID FRONT AVANT patsissei7 225kPa 33psi REAR F ARRI RE P215 55R17 225kPa 33psi SPARE VDE SECOURS NONE AUCUN po OTF050040N OTF050041N OTF050042N OTF052043N OTF052044N OTF052045N Driving your vehicle Seating capacity
102. Front side marker Front turn signal light Front side marker 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the intake folder and screws 4 Remove the bumper cover and under pad by rotating the screw 5 Remove the nuts of headlamp assem bly 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into assembly and turn the socket clockwise 10 Reinstall the headlamp assembly under pad and bumper to the body of the vehicle OTF070068 OTFO70050N OTF070051N Maintenance Front turn signal light 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 4 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 5 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it
103. IR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safety features of your vehicle Continued B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the dash front passenger seat towards the front of the seat board OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center passenger seatback front passenger seatback console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle rw B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds afte
104. NC WaSHELS erreeere ester eeteeeeteeeeceeeceeeseeeseeeeeeeneeees 4 85 2011 KIA MOTORS AMERICA INC
105. NST Fuel Economy MPG Instant OTF042065N Instant fuel consumption This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds m Type A m Type B Average Speed 92 km h Average 92 km h OTF042066C Average speed This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is displayed clears the average speed to zero Features of your vehicle m Type A m Type B Elapsed Time 12 34 Elapsed Time T234 OTF042067N Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 Distance to Service 0000 mi 0000 mi Engine Oil Tire Rotation OTF040071AN Distance to Service To enter the Distance to Service mode press the TRIP button for less than 1 sec ond Tire rotation service required 5 RESET Set Alarm OTF040071N ys Engine oil service required f RESET 2 OTF040072N Engine Oil Tire Rotatio
106. O operation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal e When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted e When using sports mode The system will be limited according to the shift location e When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited as it has determined that the driver has acceler ated judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec
107. Overall length 190 7 4845 Overall width 72 0 1830 Overall height 57 3 1455 Front tread 63 0 1601 1 62 8 1595 62 6 1591 Rear tread 63 0 1601 62 8 1595 62 6 1591 Wheelbase 110 0 2795 1 with R16 tire 2 with R17 tire 3 with R18 tire Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb Type Headlights Low 55 or 35 HID H11B D1S Headlights High 55 H1 Front turn signal 27 27 8W Front side marker 5 W5W Position light 8 8W Side repeater light 5 LED WY5W Front fog light 35 H8 Stop and tail light 27 8 or LED 27W Rear turn signal light 27 27W Back up light 16 or 18 16 amp 18W Rear side marker 5 or LED W5W High mounted stop light LED License plate light 5 W5W Front map lamp 10 10W Center room lamp 10 10W Trunk room lamp 5 C5W Rear room lamp 10 10W tif equipped Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure Tire i Wheel lug nut torque Item y Wheel size kPa psi 9 q size Normal load 1 Maximum load Ibeft kgem Nem Front Rear Front Rear P205 65R16 94H 6 5Jx16 225 33 225 33 225 33 225 33 Full size tire P215 55R17 93V 6 5Jx17 225 33 225 33 225 33 225 33 225 45R18 95V 7 5Jx18 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 pee 420 420 420 420 T12 D16 97M 4 0Tx1
108. P 20A Vacuum Pump Vacuum Switch A BAG 15A Telltale Lamp SRS Control Module Passenger Weight Classification Sensor P WDW LH 25A I P Junction Box Power Window LH Relay Driver Passenger Power Window Safety Module AMP 30A AMP PDM 2 7 5A Start Stop Button Switch Smart Key Control Module Fob Holder MDPS 10A EPS Control Module Crash Pad Switch PDM 3 7 5A Smart Key Control Module P WDW RH 25A I P Junction Box Power Window RH Relay P SEAT DRV 30A Driver IMS Module Driver Seat Manual Switch Driver Lumbar Support Switch Two Turn Unlock Relay I P Junction Box Door Lock Relay Door Unlock Relay DRLOCK 0A Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay i j SUNROOF 20A Panorama Sunroof IG 1 20A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse ABS 3 10A TCU 2 15A ECU 4 10A AUDIO 15A A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio POWER Driver Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle Driver IMS Module Lamp Auto Cut Relay CONNECTOR ROOM LP 10A Driver Passenger Door Scuff Lamp Ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch A C Control Module Data Link Connector RF Receiver BCM Electro Chromic Mirror Instrument Cluster Auto Light amp Photo Sensor Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Maintenance EE Engine compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected I P Junction Box P SEAT DRV 30A P SEAT PASS 20A AMP 30A PDM 2 7 5A IPS 5 IPS 6 IP B 2 60A ARISU 2 SPARE 60A IGN 2 40A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay Fuse am
109. S COLD TIRE INFL OEN056020 Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger Driving your vehicle NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating c
110. STOP button will change to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will change to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Remove key m Type A m Type B Eps Remove key Remove key OTF040086N When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder Insert key m Type A m Type B S Insert key Ow Insert key OTF040087N If you press the ENGINE START STOP button while Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD display the warning Insert key illuminates for about 10 sec onds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds Features of your vehicle Press start button again m Type A m Type B Pross start button again OTF040088N If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The c
111. TION Towing refer to Trailer towing in section 5 e Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Towing gear position Always place the transaxle shift lever in Neutral N when towing your vehicle Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal damage to the transaxle Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 5 Scheduled maintenance service 7 7 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Engine oil 7 22 Engine coolant 7 23 Brake clutch fluid 7 26 Washer fluid 7 27 Parking brake 7 28 Air cleaner 7 29 Climate control air filter 7 31 Wiper blades 7 33 Battery 7 36 Tires and wheels 7 39 Fuses 7 53 Light bulbs 7 63
112. Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driv ing in heavy or varying traffic or on slip pery rainy icy or snow covered or wind ing roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal OTF050020 To set cruise control speed 1 Press the CRUISE ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 25 mph 40 km h Driving your vehicle OTF050021 3 Move the lever 1 down to SET and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accel erator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill OTF050022 To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the lever at the speed you want Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each
113. a folder are repeatedly played back 4 Button e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song e Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate reverse direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song e Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate forward direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song 5 EZTI Button Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again SIRIUSA Oaaton 7 mPa 6 ye 6 CD Eject Button Press WES button to eject the CD This button works regardless of ignition switch status 7 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turn on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected A CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit Features of your vehicle AUX OWN SETUP 3 4 5 6 y TERRO scan mute v Eiir nn J TF_USA CD
114. able to pull the belt out smoothly Safety features of your vehicle 1 5 Uh i OOE Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position B200A01NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installati
115. acturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Maintenance S Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is dete
116. ad obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehi cle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehi cle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and pas senger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa tion occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi tions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash loca tion is recorded However other par ties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR spe cial equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufactur er other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 20 ro Air bag warning light 2 ABS war
117. ading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Maintenance eee eee aware 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 11 2 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of nor mal service Heat caused by hot cli mates or frequent high loading con ditions can accelerate the aging process These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tir
118. aged hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure only CDs are inserted into the CD player do not insert more than one CD at atime e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs may be defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle m CD Player PA710TFU SIRIUS Bluetooth SEEK f TRACK SCAN MUTE i o There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth wireless technology feature is not supported TF_USA RADIO Features of your vehicle Q mam Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 Button The FM AM button toggles between FM and AM Listed below are the p
119. ail light indicator SDE This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Engine oil pressure warning light nr This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Engine damage If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated and stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result Features of your vehicle The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pres sure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned ON then go off when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunction Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light OO BRAKE Parking brake warning This warning light illuminates for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and then it will go off Also this light illuminates when the park ing brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released Low br
120. ake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized Kia dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle Charging system warning light Ea This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system I
121. ake sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal The transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation CAUTION Transmitter damage Do not drop wet or expose the key less entry system transmitter to heat or sunlight Features of your vehicle y j 4 OED036001A Immobilizer system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the igni tion key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the imm
122. akes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION Replace brake pads Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs j1 PUSH PUSH OF N OFF OTF050015 Parking brake Applying the parking brake Foot type To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the park ing brake pedal down as far as possible Driving your vehicle OTF050014 Hand type To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addi tion it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradient the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position for automatic transaxle vehicles A CAUTION Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad or lining and brake rotor wear Releasing the parking brake Foot type To release the parking brake depress the parking
123. amage it Driving your vehicle OTFO50007 Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton while depressing the brake pedal 5 In extremely cold weather below 0 F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle but is far away from you the engine may not start e When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the KEY or indi cator will blink or the warning Key not in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you The engine will start only when the smart key is in the vehicle Driving your vehicle OTFO50006 e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can
124. ames registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say By name when prompted Say desired name in Phonebook or voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected Say Yes to confirm and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine Press button Say Call Say By number when prompted Say desired phone numbers Say Dial to complete the number and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available Say Dial Number Say Dial lt digit gt Features of your vehicle m Phone Book In Vehicle Adding entry by voice Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred Press button Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed Say the name of the entry when prompted Say Yes to confirm Say the phone number of that entry when prompted Say Store if phone number input is finished Say a phone number type
125. an the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this section m Type A OTF040114 m Type B OTF040115 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the engine is running Features of your vehicle To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is on If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster manually press the rear window defroster button again Outside mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 5 Air conditioning button 2 Front windshield defroster button 6 Mode selection button 3 Rear window defroster button 7 Air intake contro button 4 Temperature control knob Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning Start the
126. and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle OTF030003 Seatback angle Seat Cushion height Lumbar support for driver s seat To recline the seatback for driver s seat Press the front portion of the switch to 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the To change the height of the seat cushion increase support or the rear portion of seatback recline lever push the lever upwards or downwards the switch to decrease support 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and To lower the seat cushion push the adjust the seatback of the seat to the lever down several times position you desire e To raise the seat cushion push the 3 Release the lever and make sure the lever up several times seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock Jo Scee neces sae e ene cease eos e teense eee e eet AE EEE enema ce aoe cee E oS Meee e asec eee ncaa ene e samen ema ame Safety features of your vehicle Automatic adjustment if equipped The front seat can be adjusted by using A CAUTION the control switch located on the outside The power seat is driven by an of the seat cushion Before driving adjust electric motor Stop operating the seat to the proper position so as to
127. and or engine vibration and adjust if nec essary 3 1 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 60 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months 2 Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 120 months Q Add fuel additive 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 66 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 132 months O Add fuel additive If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bot
128. apability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the compliance label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on
129. ard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance C aaa MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION MENE GL AD RITER 2 4L R EVERY 3 750 MILES 6 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS A B C D E FG H I K 2 0L R EVERY 3 000 MILES 5 000 KM OR 3 MONTHS AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C E SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A B H K AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60 000 MILES 96 000 KM ANG TEE Gal MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 75 000 MILES 120 000 KM ARCHES Gul FRONT DISC BRAKE PADS CALIPERS AND ROTORS l MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H REAR DISC BRAKE PADS PARKING BRAKE l MORE FREQUENTLY CD GA STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS MORE FREQUENTLY CuDIETRIGSHnl LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS l EVERY 7 500 MILES 12 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS CiDRE RiGak
130. are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions When you install your child s restraint system using the LATCH anchors buckle the shoulder lap belt then lock the retractor and pull the belt to remove the slack in the belt so it lies flat against the vehicle seat Safety features of your vehicle Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover X The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYF039050 fsa E ene see aoe e a teeta eee eae eee eae ee eee eee eee ee eee ae ease e a nee eee oe a eae aac ee acai ane ee ee ee Safety features of your vehic
131. ass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display feature ON OFF 1 Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below There is a difference between magnetic north and true north The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following sec tion B520C05NF Features of your vehicle To adjust the Zone setting 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map 2 Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds the current Zone Number will appear on the display 3 Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4
132. at in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoul der belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE on the hips not across the abdomen Safety features of your vehicle Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maxi mum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure t
133. aths as the system switches from FM to AM and back to FM e FM AM FM1FM2 AM FM1 2 Button amp Knob e Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON e f the knob is turned clockwise counter clockwise the volume will increase decrease 3 EHIS Button e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower station e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher station 4 EAS Button e When the button is pressed it auto matically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel 5 LUUL Button When the button is pressed stops sound and Audio Mute is displayed on LCD 1 2 3 5 TF_USA_RADIO 6 PRESET Buttons Press GB EJB buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the station saved in each button Press GEED GHG button more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep Features of your vehicle AUX INFO C7 esa CANAN scan mue v Eiir TF_USA_RADIO 7 Button Press this button to enter SETUP mode If no action is taken for 8 seconds it will return to previous mode In SETUP mode rotate the TUNE knob to move the cursor between items and push the TUNE knob to
134. ation in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 4 6miles 7 10km_ or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensor valve stem and wheel may be stained by sealant After use wipe off sealant resdue and inspect Consult you Kia dealership if necessary Checking the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 4 6 miles 7 10 km or about 10 min stop at a safe location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition switch on pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire reading the compres sor nee
135. ator light on the position or recirculated air position oat button will not illuminate To change the air intake control position when the outside fresh air push the control button position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected Features of your vehicle OTF040127 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan OTF040128 Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehum
136. atters pertaining to top of the dashboard The number on the vehicle identification number VIN its ownership etc plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside OTF080001 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL n OTFH081005N OMG055004 The refrigerant label is located on the The tires supplied on your new vehicle underside of the hood are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle 3 OYF081013N The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects CONSUMER ASSISTANCE U S ONLY Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is delivered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use in service date whichev er is earlier for a period of 60 months or 60 000 miles whichev er is earlier subject to the terms conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model year vehicle KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other bene fits to any owner or driver when in KMA s judgment the claims and or service requests are excessive in frequency or type of o
137. atures of your vehicle 1JBA3514 1JBA3522 Peaaet OTD039022 JANE The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front pas senger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bag is supplemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright posi tion with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant de
138. ay differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in A PU the next pages i hes 80 4 60 mPH 100 OTF040050N OTF040051N Features of your vehicle m Type A m Type A OTF040055 A j E Type B OTF040052 Instrument panel illumination The instrument panel illumination intensi ty can be adjusted by pressing the con trol switch with the headlight switch in any position when the ignition switch is in the ON position The illumination intensity is shown on the instrument cluster LCD display m Type B OTF040054N OTF040056 Gauges Tachometer Speedometer The tachometer indicates the approxi The speedometer indicates the forward Mate number of engine revolutions per speed of the vehicle minute rpm The speedometer is calibrated in miles Use the tachometer to select the correct per hour and or kilometers per hour shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine Features of your vehicle The tachometer pointer may move slight ly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running A CAUTION Red zone Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage OTF040057 Engine coolant temperature gauge for Type B cluster This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the
139. button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position to protect against theft It locks when the door is opened or when you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved have it checked by an author ized Kia dealer In addition if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position after the dri ver s door is opened the steering wheel will not lock and the warning chime will sound In such a event close the door Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop If the steering wheel doesn t unlock prop erly the ENGINE START STOP button will not work Press the ENGINE START STOP button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension In an emergency situation while the vehi cle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP but ton for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressi
140. ccurrence Toll free consumer assistance Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed from 5 00 AM to 6 00 PM PST Monday through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 For more information regarding assistance available please refer to your Kia Warranty amp Consumer Information Manual Emergency roadside assistance Kia s toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 hours a day 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Identification Number VIN to verify coverage at the time of your call The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the drivers side on the door jamb of the driver s door your vehicle s regis tration or proof of insurance card Kia utilizes a network of over 17 000 roadside assistance providers Should you accidentally run out of fuel require a bat tery jump or need help changing a tire a Kia Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch someone to deliver a small quantity of gas change a flat tire with your inflated spare or arrange a battery jump to allow you to proceed to your des tination We have access to a network of over 10 000 locksmiths to help you should you become locked out of your Kia In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehicle undriveable due to a warranty related concern Kia s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehi
141. ce may not reach the other party This is not a malfunction Speak alternately with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud I Hm amp m Bluetooth Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth wireless technology cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth wireless technology cellular phone play your music files on your cellular phone according to your cellular phone user s manual and press the button on the audio system until MP3 play is dis played on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE NOTE In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system Bluetooth wireless technology compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabili ties Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth wireless technology cellular phones may not play music through the audio system initially These cellular phones may need to have
142. ce of the steering wheel e If the surface of the steering wheel is damaged by a sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat which would interfere with your vision through the rear window OTF040040 Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driv ing Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink system and compass if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic Dimming Mirror with a Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System During nighttime driving this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s elec tric gate home lighting etc Features of your vehicle 1521314151647 8 OYF049230C Channel 1 button Channel 2 button Status indica
143. ceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while t
144. cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case storing the device in a different location may resolve the situation NOTE If you need more information about Kia s Bluetooth wireless technology Visit Kia website www kia com OWNERS gt General Info gt BLUETOOTH wireless technology BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECH NOLOGY PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 button speaker volume 2 button Activates voice recognition 3 button Places and transfers calls 4 button Ends calls or cancels func tions Raises or lowers mWhat is Bluetooth wireless technology Bluetooth is a wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset steering remote control etc For more informa tion visit the Bluetooth website at www Bluetooth com m General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth wireless technology hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth wireless technology system supports 3 types of languages English Canadian French US Spanish NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before usin
145. cheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehi cle equipped with ABS e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transaxle The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle
146. chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires e Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in Section 7 Maintenance Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached e Buckle your seat belt e Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work e Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position e Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS A WARNING Driving while int
147. cigarettes and all gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark A WARNING Sulfuric acid Keep batteries out of the reach of children because in batteries batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes Do not allow battery acid to con tact your skin eyes cloth ing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space Always read the following instructions carefully when han dling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention immediately An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the envi ronment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recy cled Maintenance ee When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in the low temperature area sepa rate the battery and keep it indoors Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery e If the battery
148. cle Low tire pressure telltale l The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not work ing properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible This warning light will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning light illuminates while driv ing reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more Information refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Shift pattern indicator if equipped Ko IN The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected Features of your vehicl
149. cle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an alternative service location Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport vehi cle as determined by our driver to receive this service NOTICE Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a salvage title or similar branded title under any state s law or has been declared a total loss or equivalent by a financial institution or insurance company Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Trip interruption Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the event that a warranty related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home and the repairs require more than 24 hours to complete Reasonable reimbursement is included for meals lodging or rental car expenses Trip interruption coverage is lim ited to 100 per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to obtain pre authorization of expenses Once the Kia Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption bene fits they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements Insurance deductibles expenses and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reim bursement Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia s Trip Interruption Policy Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
150. cne cece een eee e ee ee eee e eee ee sense n seen seen neeenees 3 1 8 Seat Warmer setsreesrresrresereeresreesenessseesnneeeneesenneesenesreeee 3 9 3 16 Seatback pocket eeeseeeeceseoeeseceecesooeeseceeeeseoeesecseeeeseeeseeseeeeee 3 12 8 E EEE E ET E E E 3 2 Armies T stees ses crtviccsncns cndercadeastvensnddenernansdcavesnisessnssennsetsage 3 14 Sl hes Gee eerie 3 8 3 13 Folding the rear SCAt eeececeeeececeeeseeceeeeeesceceenseeeeeaneseeeaees 3 15 Front seat adjustment J PMA AD ssiessencedendeccscssasssssoesraneed 3 4 Front seat adjustment POWER seeseseseseseseseseseseseseseseseneeees 3 6 Lumbar SIT 0 00 6 ce 3 5 3 7 REAL segl oncseeeseenecssscasrecasncsssnneascea cecssecneacsssasessaesarecesare 3 13 Seatback pocket PPPE PEIE PE OEEO PIEP APEEP EEEE ETE 3 12 Climate control seat eeesseeeessseeeesseeessseeeseseeeesseeessee 3 11 Seat Warmer ceecsseeceeeeceececeeeceeeeceeeeceeseceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseeneees 3 9 Shift lock SYS EM vessesessesesseseseeseeeesetseseseseeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeres 5 19 Side impact air bag E PPN E soy a owene eames tenis oe oes ce sieve oe see ats 3 48 Smart key Meet paseeopecssesbondas sed uss siamo n Cems EAEAN 4 3 Smooth cornering ASPET PEPO EIEE PE AINEET 5 40 SHOW Hres ei nenei sskss Esere rsr rFES SEEE EE EE ENES SEP EEEE ESTEER EEEE 5 43 Spare tire Compact spare CLC reece E E A 6 19 Compact spare tire replacement eetere 7 43 Removing and storing the spare tire eresereeees 6 14 Special driv
151. cription serv ice fee after trial period Vehicles without a factory installed radio receiver require hardware pur chase and installation Please see your dealer for further details All fees and programming subject to change Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUS Terms amp Conditions available at www sirius com service terms Available only in the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia Service available in Canada see www siriuscanada ca Kia shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to re activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS Features of your vehicle 2 3 SEEK REEK a SCAN MUTE TF_USA_SIRIUS Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your sub scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 1 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to b
152. ct accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OTF032039N OTF030040 OTF030041 OMG035053 OTF030048N Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor Safety features of your vehicle Problems may arise if the sensor instal lation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment per formance 1JBA3513 Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle j f K The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side air bags Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sen sors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal
153. ct the lowest channel in highlighted category e If channel is selected by selecting cat egory CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen Features of your vehicle AUX 5 ize SETUP 3 4 5 6 f 2 NA E LA scan mute v Eiir xL J FOLDER 5 Button Displays the information of the current channel as below when the button is pressed each time e When default display is CAT Category CH Channel Artist Title Composer if available Category Channel e When default display is ART Artist TITLE Title Category Channel Composer if available Artist Title TF_USA_SIRIUS Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky 6 Knob amp Button e Rotate clockwise to increase the chan nel number or to scroll down the cate gory list e Rotate counterclockwise to decrease the channel number or to scroll up the category list e Press this to make selection of chan nels or items TF_USA_RADIO 7 PRESET Buttons Press GBD GEG buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the channel saved in each button Press GD GEG buttons for
154. cupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest to both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after the impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic They may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists Safety features of your vehicle 1JBH305
155. d When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds all doors will unlock Off The two turn unlock function will be inactivated Therefore all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked 3K Except the central door lock switch Seat Easy Access only for Driver Position Memory System equipped vehicle On The driver s seat will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit the vehicle comfortably Off The Seat Easy Access function will be inactivated Headlamp Escort if equipped On The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be activated Off The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be inactivat ed Features of your vehicle Welcome Light if equipped On The Welcome Light function will be activated Off The Welcome Light function will be inactivated Welcome Sound if equipped On The Welcome Sound function will be activated Off The Welcome Sound function will be inactivated Auto Triple Turn One touch triple turn signal On The lane change signals will blink 3 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly Off The Auto Triple Turn function will be inactivated Horn feedback if equipped On The hazard warning light will blink and the horn will sound when the door is locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key Off The hazard warning light will blink but the horn will not sound when the door is locked or unlocke
156. d not function properly This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the _ user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party respon sible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED m Type A 1 D ONF048011 OTF040002 Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and trunk are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and trunk are locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warn ing lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlock
157. d to ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distribution OO EBD system sys BRAKE warning light If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehi cle s ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible If the ABS warning light or EBD warning light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as pos sible Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 sec
158. d with the transmitter or smart key AVG fuel economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when you drive after refuel ing Manual Reset The average fuel econo my will not reset auto matically when you drive after refueling Features of your vehicle Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low Air bag warning light Os ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the air bag warn ing light does not come on or continu ously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light if equipped This warning light illuminates if the igni tion switch is turne
159. ddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Outside air Blower Climate control Heater core ALM Evaporator air filter gore OMG075033 Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent climate control air fil ter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the sy
160. direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle M 1JBA3517 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly replaced by such under ride collisions 1JBA3522 Air bags do not inflate in all rollover accidents even though the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags 1JBA3518 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury
161. ds to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor What to do in an emergency CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 C Max working pressure 87 psi 6 bar Size Compressor 6 6 x 5 9 x 2 7 in 168 x 150 x 68 mm Sealant bottle 4 1 x 3 3 in 104 x 85 mm Compressor weight 2 31 Ibs 1 05 kg Sealant volume 18 3 cu in 800 ml Sealant warranty 5 years sealant What to do in an emergenc TOWING A When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OED066013 OED066011 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing proce dures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines information A CAU
162. e Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instru ment cluster illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Key reminder warning chime if equipped If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed ECOMINDER indicator Active ECO system ECO When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECOMINDER indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 LCD display warning if equipped Key is not in vehicle m Type A Key is not in vehicle OTF040081N If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illu minates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Features of your vehicle Key is n
163. e iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound e Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of the iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued e When the iPod cable is connect ed the system can be switched to AUX mode even without the iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from the iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly hv SEER a scan mute SE TF USA iPod Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 HEE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random e Press this button for 0 8 sec
164. e and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions for the prop er way to clean vinyl CAUTION Electrical components Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with elecirical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may dam age them CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Maintenance a Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained Using anything but recommended clean ers and procedures may affect the fab ric s appearance and fire resistant prop erties Cleaning the lap shoulder
165. e fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed A CAUTION Excessive AC While using the air conditioning system monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high Air condi tioning system operation may cause engine overheating and potential engine damage Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips e If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape e To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system e During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic e Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even pu
166. e fuel consumption Average fuel consumption OTF040059 y i Tripmeter i z a ipmeter Instant fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption The trip computer is a microcomputer j y controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving Average speed Average speed when the ignition switch is in the ON j position All stored driving information y except distance to empty and instant Elapsed time Elapsed time fuel consumption will reset if the battery is disconnected y Distance to service Jo sccS neces sR ee eee cease ease teen asec eee eel a AE eee sete eae ease e ene ce ae cee See eases eee eee e oS Meee eeee nea eae eee see ee se noes e Features of your vehicle m Type A E Type B Trip A 123 miles OTF042061N Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 9999 9 miles 0 0 to 9999 9 km Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 m Type A E Type B Distance to Empty 223 miles Distance To Empty 223 mi OTF042062N Distance to empty This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 30 miles
167. e turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation sig nal 1 EJ Button SIRIUS Satellite Radio Press the button to switch to SIRIUS Satellite Radio It cycles through the different bands as noted below SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 SAT1 2 EZI Button CHANNEL e Press button for less than0 8 seconds to select previous or next channel e Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to continuously move to previous or next channel e If CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel up down is done through the channels within cur rent category 3 EZUS Button e When the button is pressed it automatically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through every channel starting from the initial chan nel for ten seconds Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel e If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel chang ing is done through the channels with in current category 3 4 5 6 7 NA J O m N J scan MUTE v CAT a 3 Ji 1 j FOLDER 4 Button CATEGORY Press button to enter the Category List Mode The display will indicate the category items highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e Inthe Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list e Press Button to sele
168. ear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect valve clearance Q Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 96 months Q Add fuel additive Maintenance a ae 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 54 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 108 months Q Add fuel additive Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 2 Inspect for excessive tappet noise
169. eats and seatbacks or the air vent holes may be blocked and prevented from working properly Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats The air vent may not work properly as the air intake can be blocked When the air vent does not oper ate restart the vehicle If there is no change have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle HNF2041 1 Active headrest Seatback pocket The active headrest is designed to move The seatback pocket is provided on the forward and upward during a rear impact back of the front passenger s seatback This helps to prevent the driver s and front passenger s heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries Safety features of your vehicle OMG038401 Rear seat adjustment Headrest The rear seat is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occu pant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjust ed so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cush
170. ece 4 50 Instrument panel OVELVIEW iisttnsssevcssectessscebesossnsscneoncncceunees 2 3 INteriO r CALC es er settee eeeeeeeceeeeee eee eneeeeeneeeneaeseeee esse ee eeeeeeeenes 7 79 Interior features seeceeceeseeeceeseeeceecneeceeeeseeeeesaeeneeeenenes 4 115 Clothes hanger MEEI PEET EEE PERE T A ATE caer 4 118 Cup holder eseridir iiaii iiin 4 115 Digital CLOCK eseeeeeseeeeseseeeetetseeeeeeneteeneteeneeeeenseneenens 4 117 Floor mat anchor s sssssessesseeseessesseeteeeeseseeeeeeseeenes 4 118 Power outlet seeeeecrece este eet eeteeeeeeceeceeceeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeteees 4 116 SUVS Of 2 os sets eas sete E 4 116 Interior light AORTA ARAE E ANERE EE I E ANRA tenes tases tania 4 88 Interior OVELVICW errr eeeeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaneesceceeeeceeeeaseeeesaseeseeees 29 Interlock system OEE Ged ce tina E sisi e seca A EANA A 5 20 J Jack and tools ssssssesseceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 13 Jump starting Spee dausecumescasdssovdosiinces ss lesssecheoduseesesoectoscsausvesse ss 6 6 16 K Key positions T E E E A A AE ES 5 4 Keys ssessssessessesseeseeseesesssseesesseesensessssseseessesesnensensensessesentenes 4 2 L Label Air bag warning Label EE E TE 3 57 Tire sidewall labeling E E E E TE 7 44 Tire specification and pressure label s e 80 8 9 Vehicle certification label sseseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeenees 8 8 Latch system see lower anchor systemeteeeeeeteeeeeee 3 32
171. ecifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain Snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 1 1030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance es 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean E
172. ed sA OTF072007 coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution Maintenance Cail CAUTION Removing radi ator cap z4 Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use care when removing the radi ator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counter clockwise to remove it Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an author ized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radi ator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from over flowing into engine parts such as the alternator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID OTF070008 Checking the brake clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area
173. ed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and fol low all directions in this Owner s Manual particularly the infor mation under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARNING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle safety issues and defects please contact your Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line as below National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America Inc P O Box 52410 Irvine CA 92619 2410 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Kia Motors America Inc If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy cam paign However NHTSA cannot become involved in indi vidual problems between you your dealer or Kia Motors America Inc To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http Awww safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Ave SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle sa
174. ed if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock but ton is pressed once more within 4 sec onds The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle Trunk open 3 if equipped The trunk is opened if the button is pressed for more than 1 second Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically Alarm 4 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec onds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter Transmitter precautions The transmitter or smart key will not work if any of following occurs e The ignition key is in the ignition switch e You exceed the operating distance limit about 90 feet 30 m e The battery in the transmitter or smart key is weak e Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal e The weather is extremely cold e The transmitter or smar
175. ed within the front passenger seat track e Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated e An indicator light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated e The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occu pant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front pas senger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS
176. ee panorama SUMLOOL evseesesereeeeseeceteceeeeesseeeeees 4 30 SUTIVISOT sis2sststecses ceded cetascesecissstacesestessecesecssasstssnctanssdeaacts 4 116 T Tachome tere sss sscreceeeeseteeceeececeeeccsceeeceseseeeeeeeeeesecesceeeeeee E 4 50 Tether anchor SYS EM sessereeseseeseseeseeeseeeetetteteteteeneeeeneees 3 31 Theft alarm system 1 ssssssssessssssessessesenesessssssessesses 4 10 Tilt Steering ee eeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeetetetteetetteeennetaeteeneenaeteeeeene ees 4 37 PAGS CHAINS ses seesiscskssdseds onse ene T ER HEAR 5 44 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS eeeerereeeeeee 6 8 Tire specification and pressure label e sseeeeeee 8 9 Tires anid WHEELS siesssseo8edsseessssh cosisete coeds oven sessed ioiak niesi 7 39 Checking tire inflation pressure ereere 7 40 Compact spare tire replacement eetere 7 43 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures e 7 39 ATTEN AE tenes cankbaspandesavvopitacsestesadeeseanes 7 39 Tire maintenance cevreceessceceeececeececeesecececeeecsececesteeecseaees 7 44 Tire replacement sssssssssessssseeseeseesessseeeseeneeseeenees 7 44 Tire TOCALI OM s see0ssesesseseesadsasedausncecssdacsidecuessanedsescesnasaseds 7 41 Tire sidewall labeling ssssssssseessesseeeeseesenees 7 44 Tite tracto cree siete rer eris cesses neir EEn EREE Sor En eE 7 44 Wheel alignment and tire balance eretet 7 42 Wheel replacement tttteeeettteeestteerestteessssseessetteesnerteens 7 43 Tires
177. eeeeecscceeeeeecseceeeceeesecsseeeeseeeee 4 27 Fuel AUC rrrrereeeerseeeeeeeneeteteet sete tseteetteneeteeeeenaeneeteteteeenees 4 51 Fuel requirements E bebe devs Scubsldscnacdcasddeos seugevcuddvceyees 1 3 Pig ee sects eect ene tes ee eet ce 7 53 Fuse relay panel description e EE cds doses desaudsween 7 57 Instrument panel PUIG Giscessscsscssssessesestesisscsacessasscasonsnedeuns 7 54 Multi USE eee eeee eee ee eeeeeeeteeeeceeeecnecnerseeeeeeneeeeteeeeeneneeneeeees 7 56 Memory PUIG Ges a E a covestwecesessecsee 7 54 G Gauge Engine temperature gauge s rsrerereeereeeteeeteeeteeeeeeeees 4 51 Fuel gAUgE vrreeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeteetettettetettenaettteetaeneetereren etna 4 51 Glass antenna lt sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 119 Glassroof see Panorama sunroof eeeeeeeeeeeerreeerrreerrererees 4 30 COVE bokens ce tevencedaretegeivenecadsencts d enisi 4 113 Hazard warning flasher seeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeseesseessesreesnereeens 4 75 Hazardous driving conditions eeeereetterettteeretttee 5 39 Headlight bulb replacement set ttrretttettttteeertttt tett 7 64 Headlight escort function seseseesseeeeeseesseeens 4 81 Headlight leveling device sssessesseeseeseeseesens 4 8 BleadrestssesscestisissnssAbctahestencszenacbesthenbabacsvsesanchascpuees 3 8 3 13 Highway driving eeeeeeetteeretteeeesseeeeesseeesssseeesssnreesnerteens 5 42 Hill start assist control HAC 1estisseeseeeeeteteeeeeteees 5
178. ees 8 9 Engine Oiillasisaesagenese sees sents T 7 22 Engine OVELHCALS seeseete eee tteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeesee EEEE CEER 6 7 Engine start stop buttar cis seesesesccceceaasdetdscvessesnsscndessatenceess 5 6 Engine temperature gauge veereeeeeeeeeeeesetetete estes te eetsees 4 51 Engine Will NOt Start eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseeeseeeeseeereeeereees 6 3 Evaporative emission control System eeeeeerereeeeeeees 7 81 Exhaust emission control SyS EM vreseseseseseeeerseeeeeseeneenes TRI Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Extenor care ea e a E E eE R EEEE ESE enee TJS F Flat Caves ccc vencta e a EE iene EEEE aiii av 6 13 Changing ice Gee Secs a N 6 14 Compact spare Tideiesseccastcists E T 6 19 Jack and tools erccescccssceceeceeteceesceneeceas cece eeeseeeesaeeeseeeenee 6 13 Removing and storing the spare tire e esters 6 13 Floor mat anchor s Coded deed SoabES a E E A ES dees 4 118 Fluid Washer Plug scssesessestersscesd tests teves eine Siain EErEE EE T27 Brakes clutch flUid c eeeeceeteesseeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeesneeseeeeeeeee 7 26 Folding the LCar SCAL cceeccceeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeeeseeeeseeeseeceenes 3 15 Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking TCULACLOL esie ienesis 3 19 Index a H Front seat adjustment PATI AL esseen iue 3 4 Front seat adjustment power ssseseeseeeteeeeeeseeeseteneees 3 6 Fuel filler Lich cceeeeeeceeeeeece
179. el economy and cold weather operation engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for sat isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those rec ommended could result in engine dam age When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be oper ated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers Temperature 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 p F 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Engine Oil z 2 0 T GD Engine Oil 10W 30 2 4 GDI 5W 20 5W 30 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN ABEL CERTIFICATION VIN Label if equipped setae OTF080002 OVQ076002N The vehicle identification number VIN is VIN label The vehicle certification label attatched the number used in registering your vehi The VIN is also on a plate attached to the on the driver s side center pillar gives the cle and in all legal m
180. el to the desired angle 2 and height if equipped 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving OTF040039 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle OTF040038 Heated steering wheel if equipped With the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If you turn on the ignition again after turn ing off your engine in half an hour after operating heater button the heating sys tem will be maintained in its on condi tion CAUTION e Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system e When cleaning the heated steer ing wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur fa
181. eled CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items To avoid possible theft do not leave valu ables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving WARNING Flammable materials Do not store flammable explosive materials in the vehicle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot tem peratures for extended periods OTF040153 Glove box To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use s 2 OTF040171 Center console storage if equipped To open the center console storage pull up the lever Features of your vehicle OTF040154 Cool box if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever to the closed position If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced NOTICE Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not maintain t
182. enes 4 15 Certification label ssesscereeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeaeeeeeeeneneeeees 8 8 Chains Tire CHAINS strsetseesssnscctiiscscnesssneerieceacesenneesniestsnessditecnbescsne 5 44 Changing GPG Sia sires eate si a S 6 14 Checking tire inflation PECSSULCs eseseseseseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenes 7 40 Child restraint SYSUOMN serseseeceeseseseeseesereeeereeeereeeeseeeseeeeeees 3 27 Tether anchor system s sesessesesereeeeseseeteteeeeeeseneeeees 3 31 Lower anchor system 1sssssssseeeseeeeeeees tenets eseenenens 3 32 Child protector pear door LOCK s scessesteeeeceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 4 16 Climate control air filter esseceececeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeaeenes 4 99 Climate control air filter eeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeenee 7231 Clock Digital EEN PETE IEEE EP AEE OEN A 4 117 Clothes hanger PE EE sie Feues doles AT T Gunter es 4 118 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 49 Compact spare Gime dene Seton Ss obtecein de ceseuss ZodsivasiGeedveentivenestene 6 13 Compact spare tire replacement eetere 7 4 onpa mirror see the Electric chromic mirror eM p homeLink system and COmMpaSS eere Consumer assistance e eeesseeeeessrereseressrreersseeeeeeerersseeeeennee s 10 COOL DOK E E EE 4 114 Coglais rsesssenrrsecrssessesesessbensirssssrninsenrssrssporssmeerarss se 7 23 Crankcase emission Control systemM eeeetereeeereererereeee 7 81 Cruise control SYS EM Rc 5 32 Cup holder ssssesssesesssesssssessestssessssss
183. eposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference If the battery is disconnected the position memory will be lost and the driving position should be restored in the system DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 Adjust the driver seat to position com fortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully stored Features of your vehicle Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 To recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat will automatically adjust to the stored positions Adjusting the control switch for the driver seat while the system is recalling the stored position will cause the movement to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in the P position the system will move the driver s seat auto matically as follows e Without smart key system It will move the drivers seat rearward when the ignition key is removed I
184. ere A reer 7 53 E 2 0L Engine 6 Positive battery terminal 0 0 7 36 7 Negative battery terminal 7 36 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 27 OM Radiat le Ca renter nen eens 7 24 10 Engine oil dipstick e cee 7 22 if equipped OTF070002 OYF071200N Seat 3 2 Seat belts 3 17 Child restraint system 3 27 Airbag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 35 Safety features of your vehicle e Safety features of your vehicle SEAT Driver s seat Seat adjustment forward backward Seatback recliner Seat adjustment height Lumbar support 5 Driver position memory system ar 1 2 9 F 7 N 3 A 4 e i i 6 Seat warmer switch 7 Headrest Front passenger s seat 8 Seat adjustment forward backward 9 Seatback recliner 10 Seat warmer switch 11 Headrest Rear seat 12 Seat warmer 13 Armrest 14 Headrest 15 Seat back folding lever gt if equipped OTF030001N Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals A WARNING Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possi bly impacting you or ot
185. ered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water The sens ing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in 1 m in height and narrower than 6 in 14 cm in diameter Rear parking assist system pre cautions e The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected e The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accesso
186. erience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD I Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some
187. ersal Transceiver but does not activate the device Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rap idly and then turns solid after 2 sec onds Features of your vehicle To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the training light NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3 3 Return to the vehicle firmly press and hold for two seconds the desired HomeLink button then release Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the programming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the program ming 4 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indica tor light stays on constantly program ming is complete and your device should activate 5 To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps
188. es The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Maintenance O_O Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressu
189. essure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper What to do in an emergency If the TPMS indicator does not illumi nate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or it comes on after blinking for approximately one minute take your car to your nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure tell tale When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminat ed one or more of your tires is sig nificantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for app
190. et to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control switch To change the fan speed press the part of the switch for higher speed or press the V part of the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the OFF button OTF040140N Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OTF040141N OFF mode Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the mode and air intake but tons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle OTF040142 Climate information screen selection if equipped Press the climate information screen selection button to display climate infor mation on the screen WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed e If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the
191. etely engine on a flat surface shifting the shift by itself after it has been raised about lever to the P Park position for automat halfway ic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing lt All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place Features of your vehicle OTF040026 Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing up the fuel filler lid opener If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radia tor anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OTF040027 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel filler lid opener up 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 4 To remove the cap 2 turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indicates that the cap is
192. f glass is closed push the sunroof control lever forward To stop the sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentar ily NOTICE It is normal for wrinkles to form on the blind because of its material character istic Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys tem as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and close the sunroof completely 2 Release the control lever 3 Push and hold the control lever forward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows SUNSHADE OPEN gt TILT OPEN gt SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE gt SUNSHADE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof system is reset For more detailed information contact an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE If the sunroof is not reset when the vehi cle battery is disconnected or dis charged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may operate improperly Features of your vehicle OTF040035 A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation By saving the desired position into the system memory different drivers can r
193. f heat ing and cooling Heating waf Cooling ae 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OTF040133N Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Every time you press the mode selection button the mode will change as follows e gt edad gt H ei Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Face Level Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor Floor Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defroster Floor Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OTF040134N I OTF040135 Defrost level Instrument panel vents Temperature control Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or clo
194. f the warning light illuminates while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized Kia dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Trunk lid open warning light Trunk lid open warning light This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Aa This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position Door ajar warning light Immobilizer indicator if equipped fet If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for a few minutes to indi cate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you are not able to start the engine e When the ENGINE START STOP but ton changes to the ON position from the ACC position without the smart key in the vehicle the indicator blinks for a few minutes to indicate that you are not
195. f your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Auto door lock unlock feature if equipped e All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 9 3 mph And all doors will be automatically unlocked when you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key if equipped An authorized Kia dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows e Auto door unlock by using the driver s door lock button e Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park e Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch for smart key when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to the OFF position If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a ke
196. fety from http www safercar gov Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS U S ONLY The following publications are available on www KiaTechinfo com at no charge Service manual This manual covers maintenance and recommended proce dures for repair to engine and chassis components It is written for the Journeyman mechanic but is simple enough for most mechanically inclined owners to understand Electrical troubleshooting manual This manual complements the Service Manual by providing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit in your vehicle Owner s manual This manual describes the overall features and operating pro cedures for the vehicle Index A aA E 5 36 Air Dags teeeeeeteeerettreeerrteeeesrreeeesreeeeessseeesssneessnereessnnreeenne 3 35 Air bag warning Label s20s ceesccessccosecesvsnsessncersccersncevense 3 57 Air bag warning light EEE E E E P E E E E 3 38 Curtain air bag E E E E N 3 49 Driver s and passenger s front air bageeeeeeeeerereeeee 3 45 Occupant detection system eeteeererertereereerrerereerees 3 40 Side impact air bag APINA EO IDE EE Sob P E AE P eeee Oe 3 48 SRS components and functions eeeeeeeeeeseseseeeeesererereeee 3 38 Airelean f cer eeeeet eee eeseeeeceeeece een Esset ESSENSE E EEES essen SER ESEESE 7 29 Alarm system A E AEA E E A TTE 4 10 Antenna Glass MERIA PAPIRENE PEPEE T AEE E
197. for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pr
198. for problems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside of the United States Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT U S ONLY The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to perform under all reasonably expected operating conditions However before any additional electrical equipment is installed in your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer in order to ensure that you do not void your warranty Certain electrical equipment or the way in which it is installed may adversely affect the operation of your vehicle including such systems as the engine control system the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installation of additional elec trical equipment that is not supplied or recommended for instal lation by Kia Installation of a mobile two way radio system If a mobile two way radio system is installed improperly or if an excessively powerful type of system is used other electronic systems may be adversely affected To avoid damage to your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer concerning the prop er equipment and installation Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Kia motor vehicles are design
199. frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle e Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position e Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road e When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal e If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level e Check the automatic transaxle P Park function e Check the parking brake e Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal Maintenance Si At least monthly e Check the c
200. g Bluetooth wireless technology features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Features of your vehicle m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press J button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone Features of your vehicle m Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press J button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voi
201. g flash er What to do in an emergenc 1JBA6504 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench jack jack handle and spare tire from the vehicle 5 Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the park ing brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked OTF060004 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun terclockwise one turn each but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground What to do in an emergenc Ke 1JBA6025 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OTF060008 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 1 in 30 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel
202. g the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produces vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materi als corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in con tact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High tempera
203. ge and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL E 2 4 engine OYF079003N Checking the engine oil level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and reinsert it fully A WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you Wo m OYFO71003N 1 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L CAUTION Replace engine oil Do not overfill with engine oil Engine damage may result OYF079004N AY TWH OYF071004N 1 If itis near or at L add enough oil to bring the level to F Do not overfill Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 Maintenance Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze pr
204. ge to the fuse or electric headlight assembly can result in damage wiring system to the vehicle Maintenance Always handle them carefully and avoid scratches and abrasions If the bulbs are lit avoid contact with liquids Never touch the glass with bare hands Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked replace it immediately and carefully dis pose of it Wear eye protection when changing a bulb Allow the bulb to cool down before OTFO70027N OHD076046 handling it Headlight position light turn sig Headlight bulb nal light side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement 1 Headlight High 2 Headlight Low 3 Side marker 4 Front turn signal light Front position light 5 Front fog light if equipped Maintenance If the headlight aiming adjustment is nec essary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized Kia dealer OENO76051 Headlight bulb type 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 4 Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector 5 Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly Install a new headlight bulb Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise NOD Maintenance
205. ged before driving the vehicle BI oTF050018 Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan ing on wet surfaces can still result in seri ous accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driv ing including driving at safe speeds for the conditions The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the b
206. harts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehi cle warranties Detailed warranty information is pro vided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality stan dards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction Maintenance a Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance es OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the
207. hat seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children who are not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available ch
208. he necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box OTF040155N Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sunglass holder push it up Do not place other items in the sunglass holder Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES A WARNING Avoid distracted driving Do not keep objects except sun glasses inside the sunglass hold er Such objects can be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident pos sibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked by an open sun glass holder Cup holder A WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you may burn your self Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of a sudden stop or collision do not place uncovered or unsecured botiles glasses cans etc in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion A WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them ina vehicle tha
209. he DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Operate the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempera ture When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HIGH or lowest LOW temperature setting the DUAL mode is deactivated for maximum heating or cooling Features of your vehicle Outside thermometer Recirculated air position The current outside temperature is dis With the recirculated air played in 1 F 1 C increments The tem position selected air from perature range is between 40 F 140 F the passenger compart 40 C 60 C ment will be drawn through e The outside temperature on the display the heating system and may not change immediately like a heated or cooled according general thermometer to prevent the to the function selected driver from being inattentive e The outside temperature on the display will update as the vehicle is driven Outside fresh air position m Type A With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected OTF040138 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Features of your vehicle OTF040139N Fan speed control The fan speed can be s
210. he com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Tire Mobility Kit bag 2 Compressor 3 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible A CAUTION One sealant bottle for one tire The Tire Mobility Kit sealing compound in the botile is to be used for one tire only See your Kia dealership for additional replacement sealant botiles OEL069019 Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is prop erly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire up to 120 miles 200 km at a max speed of 50 mph 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire repaired or replaced Losec neces se ee ee e cee eee ease teen eseece eee eet e AE ease eee setae a eee see eka ce aoe cee E eene soo eee e asec ee ence eee en meena eee What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewa
211. he following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat in the vehicle e Ensure that the floor mats are secure ly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors e Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manu factured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Navigation system if equipped The navigation system ascertains the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to the place you assign as the desti nation Detailed information for the navigation system is described in a separately sup plied manual Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an after market HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction CAUTION Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause dam age to the antenna elemenis e Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni Cd and so on These can d
212. he sunroof before operating it CAUTION Sunroof control lever Do not continue to press the sun roof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position a e Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof con trol lever momentarily Features of your vehicle Closing the sunroof To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position or pull the lever downward To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position The sunroof glass will close then the sunshade close automatically To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OYF049215 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while
213. he tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradu ally and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road NOTICE Tampering with modifying or dis abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS compo nents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE OTFO60002 Jack and tools The spare tire jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the luggage under tray out of the way to reach the equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench Jacking instructions The jack is
214. her Automatic transaxle fluid b KDR brands meeting the above specification approved by 2 4 GDI 7 50 US qt 7 1 1 Kia MOTORS CORP 20TGDI 6 87 6 97 US qt l l Coolant 6 5 6 6 J Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol base 24 GDI 7 18 US at 6 8 1 coolant for aluminum radiator 0 7 0 8 US qt Brake clutch fluid q FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 Fuel 18 49 US gal 70 2 Unleaded gasoline 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be dam aged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fu
215. her passen gers A WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the restraint system s ability to restrain will be greatly reduced A WARNING Seat cushion Occupants should never sit on seat cushions The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop A WARNING Driver s seat Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control of your vehicle Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in a seri ous or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle A distance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so could result in airbag inflation injuries to the driver Safety features of your vehicle S OTF030002 Front seat manual adjustment Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever
216. hicle m Type A m Type B Maintenance ehicle Option gt back Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock Twice Unlock j Horn Feedback TRIP _ Move RESET _ Select OTF040077N Vehicle option if equipped 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON posi tion or engine running the LCD dis play on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Vehicle Option 3 Move TRIP button to the desired item and select RESET button Auto Door Lock Off The auto door lock operation will be canceled Speed All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km h 9 3 mph Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally locked if the shift lever is shifted from the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive posi tion Auto Door Unlock Off The auto door unlock operation will be inactivated Key Out All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or smart key is removed from the smart key holder Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally unlocked if the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position Twice Unlock On The driver s door will unlock if the door is unlocke
217. hime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works nor mally If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Shift to P or N to start engine m Type A m Type B Shift to P or N to start engine Shift to P or N to start engine OTF040089N If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Press clutch pedal to start engine m Type A m Type B Press clutch pedal S to start engine Press clutch pedal to start engine J OTF040090N If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed without Depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Features of your vehicle Check stop lamp fuse Check brake swithch fuse m Type A 0 ry Check stop lamp fuse check stop lamp fuse OTF040091N m ype B A Check brake switch fuse Check brake switch fuse OTF042207N When the brake switch fuse is discon nected The warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD disp
218. hs Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Continued Continued Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 18 months Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 36 months O Add fuel additive lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months QO Inspect vacuum hose Inspect air conditioning refrigerant U Inspect brake hoses and lines U Inspect drive shafts and boots Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler O Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball
219. iately Interior light When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the room lamp will turn off immediately Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights will remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the driver s door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec ond
220. ication Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may over heat the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these sugges tions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake appli cations and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids You need to keep sufficient dis tance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that i
221. ice Name passkey 0000 Search and select the device name in your mobile phone to starting the pair ing process NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth wireless technology devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on your phone from KMC_CAR to JOHNS _CAR or KMC CAR _1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone s User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instruc tions Features of your vehicle e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth wireless technolo gy system is enabled the phone previ ously used is automatically selected and re connected If you want to select a dif ferent phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only one selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Select in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown The Bluetooth wireless technology icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth wireless technol
222. ice without pausing between words While receiving voice commands press the button on the steer ing wheel remote controller to ter minate guidance Voice command will convert back to waiting mode to allow the user to say a new voice command Redial e The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while a number Call Back greater than ten will not be recognized e The system shall cancel voice recogni Phonebook Add entry By voice tion mode in the following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not Change name making a call and pressing the button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times By phone Delete name e At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available Features of your vehicle m Making a Phone Call e Direct Calling Press button Say the following command Call lt John gt Connects the call to John Call lt John gt on lt Mobile gt Connects the call to John s mobile phone number Call lt John gt at lt Home gt Connects the call to john s home number Call lt John gt in lt Office gt Connects the call to John s office number Note Calls can be immediately connected to contacts whose name or voice tag are saved in the phonebook or con tacts e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking n
223. idified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 3 447 position Features of your vehicle Operation Tips e To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the 8 position 3 Set the air intake control to the recir culated air position However pro longed operation in the recirculated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air position 4 Adjust th
224. ilable to make a phone call by bluetooth audio system while the phone book is being downloaded Language of Bluetooth wireless technol ogy voice recognition While in ADVANCED menu press Language To change the language select the desired language and press the button Bluetooth wireless technology sys tem off While in ADVANCED menu press BT Off To turn off the Bluetooth System Features of your vehicle m Voice Recognition Activation m Menu tree Tip e The voice recognition engine contained The menu tree identifies available voice E Voice Operation in the Bluetooth wireless technology recognition Bluetooth wireless technol ceperan System can be activated in the follow ogy functions To receive the best performance from ing conditions the Voice Recognition System observe Button Activation the followings The voice recognition system will be Call Name Ex Call John at Home Keep the interioriol the vehicle as active when the button is pressed E R oo ot a Beep ees Ex Dial 911 traffic noise vibration sounds 7 etc which may disturb recogniz The voice recognition system will be Call By name ing the voice p tan correctly active for a period of time when the Speak d aft b B D peak a command after a beep Voice Recognition system has asked Erm sound within 5 seconds Otherwise for a customer response the command will not be received properly Speak in a natural vo
225. ild restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system When the child restraint system is not in use Store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an accident Safety features of your vehicle Rear facing child restraint system f OTQ037038 Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emerge
226. in Sensor TRUNK 10A I P Junction Box Trunk Relay Fuel Filler Door amp Trunk Lid Switch Trunk Room LP A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio Smart Key Control Module Overhead Console Lamp CLOCK 10A Crash Pad Mood Lamp A C Control Module BCM AMP Power Outside Mirror Switch Driver Passenger Door Mood Lamp C LIGHTER 15A Cigar Lighter HTD STRG 15A Steering Wheel Heater A CON 7 5A A C Control Module E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay WIPER 25A Multifunction Switch Front Wiper Motor E R Fuse amp Relay Box Wiper Relay Rain SNSR Relay S HEATER FRT 20A Driver Passenger CCS Cushion Warmer Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module MIRR HTD 10A Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror MODULE 4 75A Front Seat Warmer amp CCS Switch Driver Passenger CCS Control Module Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Audio A BAG IND 7 5A Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND W O Smart Key Burglar Alarm Rela SIAT hae With Smart Key PCM Transaxle eee Switch S HEATER RR 15A Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH RH P SEAT PASS 20A Passenger Seat Manual Switch FOG LP RR 15A Maintenance ES ere SS Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH RH Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module MODULE 1 7 5A Driver IMS Module ATM Lever Indicator BCM A C Control Module Electro Chromic Mirror Lane Keeping Assist Module Instrument Cluster VACUUM PUM
227. in ls CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT z Non RECIENTES cE SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles 8 km in normal F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C temperature or less than 10 miles 16 km in freezing temperature G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold J Driving over 106 mph 170 km h weather K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions E Driving in sandy areas Maintenance n EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces sary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and ca
228. ing Rear combination light bulb replacement 6 Install the new bulb socket into the sage housing by aligning the tabs on the 1 Stop and tail light socket with the slots in the housing Tail light 2 Push the socket into the housing and 3 Rear turn signal light 4 5 turn the socket clockwise Back up light 7 Connect the power connector Rear side marker 8 Reinstall the front under cover Maintenance Type B If the light LED does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer Stop and tail light Rear turn signal light Rear side marker 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk 3 Open the service cover 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 5 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Install the service cover by pulling it into the service hole Maintenance Backup light 1 A OTF070054 Backup light 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk 3 Loose
229. ing position Safety features of your vehicle The indications of the system s presence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt usage and impact severi ty The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passenger s front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sit ting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or sever ity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equ
230. ing CONCIIONS vrrrreeeeeeeeeteeceeeeeeteseeeseeeanenceeenes 5 39 Driving at night csv visi E EENAA NPOP EAEN AEN EE 5 40 Driving in flooded areas sssisssssissssssissicssssesssssssisesss 5 41 Driving IN the rain e seeesseeeececensccescccrscccrsceeeeceeeeceeseceees 5 4 Hazardous driving conditions eeri enirere 5 39 Highway driving PELAA T RAE EREE A E S PITO 5 42 Rocking the Welle sssssteosigessisisedtesineecagevanes stwensnsciscanees 5 39 Smooth cornering ssid IEEE AOE AE IAEN AE IEN 5 40 Index aD Speedometer EAE EEE POPIELE veces eodsees E S eueareeiGasuseeeedayer cane 4 50 Sports mode eiee En E Er EAT a o RE EEr S 17 Starting difficulties see engine will not start e 6 3 Starting the engines sees nesses 5 9 5 10 Steering wheel ee es cvessscecdisacenceeceuscbanstsnesdavedeees sane ceca dobend 4 36 Pl Griices2h eset ines Atte attests ee Gea eas 4 37 Electric power steering EEE E E eaten soe 4 36 Tilt steering EE E E NT 4 37 Steering wheel audio controles ssssssssssssrsrssessssssssesssssss 4 120 Storage COMPAartMENt eeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteee tet eteeteteeeeneees 4 113 Center console SLOTAQEss eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 113 GIOVE DOX cerreeereeeeteeeeesceeeeeeceeceneeeseesceenceeeeesceeeetseeeeeees 4 113 Cool Jok eau oee eee coe ere eaten crc 4 114 Sunglass holder ssssssssssseesseesseseseesesesssseesensees 4 114 Sunglass holder s ss ssssssssssssessessesesseeseesessenseseeneens 4 114 Sunroof s
231. ion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recom mended a OTF030017 Adjusting the height up and down if equipped To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle oJ OTF030018 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting OTF030025 Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature OTF030023N Armrest To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback Safety features of your vehicle Folding the rear seat To fold the rear seatback
232. ioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After activation pre ten sioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific require ments in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more infor mation about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section Safety features of your vehicle Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible Periodically check belt fit A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child se
233. ioning are controlled automati cally according to certain conditions such as i or HY position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the fol lowings OTF040147 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position Ht 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status Es E 48N Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defroster position before pressing the defroster button 9 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake con trol button lt at least 5 times with in 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle OTF040178N Auto defogging system Only for automatic climate control system if equipped Auto defogging reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield
234. ioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 240 months Q Replace coolant First 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 120 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive No check No service required QO Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power h
235. ipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by govern ment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehi cle s advanced air bag system That con tact is Kias toll free Customer Assistance center at 1 800 333 4KIA However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or struc ture of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt alone Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Safety fe
236. ir conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Features of your vehicle Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause elec tronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Digital clock Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows e HOUR 1 Pressing the H button will advance the time display by one hour e MINUTE 2 Pressing the M button will advance the time display by one minute e Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the H and M but ton at the same time for more than 5 seconds For example if the time is 10 15 p m the display will change to 22 15 Features of your vehicle OUN026348 Clothes hanger if equipped To use the hanger pull down the upper portion of the hanger CAUTION Hanging clothing Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook For driver s side For passenger s side Floor mat anchor s When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward T
237. is any evidence of deterioration or damage Maintenance mmm Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled mainte nance at the beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated
238. isturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals OTF040165 Glass antenna if equipped When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition switch is in either the ON or ACC position your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast sig nals through the antenna in the rear win dow glass Features of your vehicle TFA_WHEEL_USA 2 Steering wheel audio conirols if equipped The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 e Press the lever upward to increase the volume e Press the lever downward to decrease the volume SEEK PRESET N W 2 The SEEK PRESET button has different functions based on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 seconds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN but ton MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CD USB AUX iPod FM In addition to mode change Power on off can be made by pressing this button when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON Powe
239. itches 6 7 Central door lock switch Instrument panel illumination control O on E E 4 49 Sh ESS ORE N aeeoe 5 26 9 Steering wheel tilt lever 00 4 37 10 Hood release lever c eeee 4 25 M Euse Dox eee 12 Brake pedal 13 Accelerator pedal 5 9 5 10 14 Trunk lid release lever 008 4 18 15 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 27 if equipped OTF010001N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW le INSthUMent ClUSte feeeeeeeeete ents 4 49 2 Light control Turn signals 4 82 SaWiperWashehrecssse eee 4 85 4 5 Steering wheel audio control 4 120 6 Auto cruise Control eee 5 32 VADIIVERSralla bag a reer 3 45 SeStechingi wheelers ma ee ones 4 36 9 Ignition switch or ENGINE START STOP button 5 4 5 6 10 Digital clock ileal eae Pa AT AAU E A AEE 13 Climate control system 4 92 4 101 eh SUM LEME Peeceoncoccenneaccennonccaceneon 5 12 5 15 15 Aux USB and iPod port 14 121 Gs ROWE CUE a 4 116 17 S6at WME e 3 9 18 Passenger s air bag a 3 45 Ts Glove BOX a a 4 113 if equipped Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 2 4L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 0 1 23 ZxEnginerollitillencappessssss essa 7 22 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 26 Ae Ait ClOAN Oty stst are netscseecesssstes teers ss 7 29 DUIGUSCiDOXSecss eee ce
240. ition the map lamp and the Room lamp room lamp stay on for about 20 minutes E Type A However if a door is opened To turn the room lamp push lens 3 with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp and the room lamp stay on continuously Features of your vehicle OTF040110 Trunk room lamp if equipped The trunk room lamp comes on when the trunk is opened CAUTION The trunk room lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid opens To pre vent unnecessary charging system drain close the trunk lid securely after using the trunk Fs OTF040112 Glove box lamp if equipped The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to function A CAUTION To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the glove box securely after use OLM049105 Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Push the switch to turn the light on or off e S The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without turning the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor DEFROSTER CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to cle
241. ium coated 2 4 GDI First 105 000 miles or 84 months after every 105 000 miles or 84 months Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 168 months Q Add fuel additive 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 90 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 180 months Q Add fuel additive If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 96 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect valve clearance Q Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g
242. joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid O Inspect fuel filter Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped O Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 48 months Q Add fuel additive 1 Maintenance ee 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 30 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 60 months Q Add fuel additive Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric tion surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance i NORM
243. king brake Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY uiii FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du changement ne doit jamais dapasser TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATINGCAPAOTY 14 FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT z ARRIERE The combined weight of cocupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne oft jamais d passer Tire and loading information
244. label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your SIZE DIMENSIONS COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS AFROID P205 65R 16 225kPa 33psi P205 65R16 225kPa 33psi T125 80016 420kPa 60psi TIRE SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID FRONT AVANT Pzisssr17 225kPa 33psi REAR ARRI RE P215 55R17 T135 80017 225kPa 33psi 420kPa 60psi vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT l SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR gt NOMBREDE PLACES TOTALS AVANT J ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total Ges occupants et du chargement ne Got jamas depasser sze COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID p21sissr17 225kPa 33psi P215 55R17 225kPa 33psi T125 80016 420kPa 60psi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY aws Tr REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES T AANT m i The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne do jamais d passer TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPMTY
245. lay Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in ACC Align steering wheel va B ME Align steering wheel OTF040092N If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left after a couple of seconds Align steering whee illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the right and make it turned to the left less than 30 degrees Align steering wheel aw gia Align steering wheel OTF040093N If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the right after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the left and make it turn to the right less than 30 degrees Features of your vehicle Align steering wheel OTF040094N If the steering wheel is aligned within 5 seconds after Align steering wheel is displayed the indicator will appear like the above picture Low tire pressure m Type A m Type B Low Tire Low Tire Pressure Pressure OTF040095N When one or more of your tires is signifi cantly underinflated the warning light comes on Door open m Type A Door Open OTF040096N This indicator displays which door is opened Trunk open m Type B me Trunk Open OTF
246. le How does the air bag system operate e Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START the appropriate position e Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury e There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal e Air bag deployment depends on a number of complex factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehi cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limited to those mentioned above e The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the oc
247. le is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an author ized Kia dealer for details NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator 15 light will illuminate Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for u
248. le should be driven at reduced speeds in the following circumstances e When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads e When driving with tire chains installed e When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has different sur face heights Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow d
249. ll cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step procedure to temporarily seal the puncture Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit e Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0 24 in 6 mm Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run fla
250. ls with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing A CAUTION Drying vehicle e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance eee ree ea a wae Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and
251. m checked by an authorized Kia dealer promptly Features of your vehicle AS CAUTION MIL illumina tion e Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy e If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage is possible Which could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia ESC Electronic Stability Control indicator ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds Under normal driving conditions the ESC light will remain off When the ESC is on it monitors the driv ing conditions When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating If the ESC indicator stays on the ESC may have a malfunction Take your car to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF indicator ee OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated Features of your vehi
252. m h V 149 mph 240 km h Z Above 149 mph 240 km h Maintenance mm 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2009 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Lo
253. m is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the UVO audio or navigation display backing up Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally Bs OTF040103N The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position Note during initial start up system may not display instantly due to the audio sys tem booting up Features of your vehicle WELCOME SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OTF040113N Welcome light if equipped When all the doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession Escort welcome if equipped When the headlight light switch in the headlight or AUTO position is on and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the position light and headlight will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed e Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter e With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the position light and headlight will turn off immed
254. m to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip 1JBA7037 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal m Type B OED070112 Front windshield wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip NOTICE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield Maintenance OED070113 OED070114 2 Open the cover of the blade 4 Install the blade assembly until it clicks 3 Compress the clip behind the wiper into place arm and lift it off the arm 5 Close the cover of blade 6 Return the wiper arm to the proper position Maintenance BATTERY For best battery service OTFO70016 Keep the battery securely mounted Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables A WARNING Risk of other flames or sparks away from the battery explosion The battery contains hydro gen a highly combustible Keep lit
255. n Service Required 1 If service is required the message will be displayed Set Alarm Features of your vehicle User Setting Maintenance Engine Oil Service Message LOF Vehicle Option M Exit pas r TRIP Move RESET Off Service Complete Reset Remind Later b f Select OTF040074N Move RESET Select OTF040073N 2 If you would like to reset or inactivate the maintenance system press the RESET button for more than 1 second The display will change to Engine Oil Service Message mode You can move to items by pressing the TRIP TRIP button and select the desired item by pressing the RESET button TRIP Maintenance gt gt Back Engine Oil Tire Rotation Move RESET Select Engine Oil Back a 3000mi Dmi 24000mi s5000mi TRIP Move RESET Select OTF042076N 3 Select Maintenance 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position or engine running the LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to the items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Maintenance the desired maintenance schedule 4 If finished you can come out of the Maintenance mode by pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds Features of your ve
256. n an area with tall trees that block the signal 30 ft 10m or more for example on a road that goes through a dense forest e The signal can become weak in some areas that are not covered by the SIR IUS repeater network NOTE There may be other unforeseen cir cumstances leading to reception problems with the SIRIUS satellite radio signal Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment A CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a sepa rate external antenna must be fit ted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehicle s electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle Care of disc If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventilation before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting dam
257. n for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit OAM049046N Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch 1 to the off position When in operation the fog lights con sume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visi bility is poor Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Front A OAM049100L A Wiper speed control front HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed INT Intermittent wipe AUTO
258. n the retaining screw of the trunk lid cover and then remove the cover 4 Disconnect the cable and then remove the nuts by turning the nuts counter clockwise Backup light 2 OTFO70055 5 Take the light assembly out 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket 7 Install the light assembly to the trunk 8 Reinstall the nuts and connector and then the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw OTF070037 License plate light bulb replace ment 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk 3 Loosen the retaining screw of the trunk lid cover and then remove the cover 4 Take out the light Maintenance 5 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket 6 Reinstall the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw er OTF070036 High mounted stop light replace ment High mounted bulb 1 Turn off the engine 2 Push the seat up 3 Remove the nuts under the seat con necting each side of the seat And take each side seat out Maintenance 4 Type A Fold the seat back by pulling out the lock release knob 1 Fold the seat back forward and down firmly if equipped Type B Push the seat back up The seat back is connected to the hook attached to package tray if equipped By s J OTF070060N 5 Take the C pillar out carefully If you pull the C pillar strongly it will be broken 6 Disconnect the cable attached on the panel G iS amp Maintenance i O
259. ncy lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the sys tem checked immediately by your author ized Kia dealer E2MS103005 placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehi cle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint sys tem To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure S afety features of your vehicle OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency OEN036102 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extend ed it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode OEN036103 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking
260. nd cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Oo Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A i Vehicle Vehicle i A Vehicle _ Capacity l Capacity nen E Capacity gan P A B c A B c Cc C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Subtract Occupant 300 Ibs Subtract Occupant 750 Ibs Subtract Occupant 805 Ibs B Weight 136 kg B Weight 340 kg B Weight 365 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 161 Ibs 73 kg x 5 C Available Cargo and 549 Ibs c Available Cargo and 99 Ibs c Available Cargo and 44 Ibs Luggage weight 249 kg Luggage weight 45 kg Luggage weight 20 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Driving your vehicle PAINT TRIM RIM
261. ng the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory Orange indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electri cal accessories are operational If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge ON ENGINE START STOP Green indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Nuetral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal the engine will not start and the button will change as follows OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF Driving your vehicle If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Driving you
262. ning light Seat belt warning light Turn signal indicator High beam indicator Low beam indicator elels PE o yY R g Tail light indicator Front fog light indicator Engine oil pressure warning light rs Y Parking brake amp Brake fluid Bes warning light Charging system warning light Trunk open warning light Aa Door open warning light Immobilizer indicator Key out warning light oF J lt d a A p 1 r A Ha Shift pattern indicator Manual transaxle shift indicator Low fuel level warning light Malfunction indicator light ld Ea Engine coolant temperature warning light E Sata For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 ESC indicator ESC OFF indicator END Electric power steering EPS system warning light m u ep 30 ECOMINDER indicator 1 MAUN Cruise control indicator Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator a Cruise SET indicator SET if equipped Welatculelcmclacme ERE pi Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Driver position memory system 4 34 2 Door lock unlock button 6 4 14 3 Outside rearview mirror control SWIC Fgh ee neers rete cea a eee es ae 4 46 4 Power window lock button 4 24 5 Power window sw
263. nstalling tire chains on the tire will pro vide greater driving force but will not pre vent side skids Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before installing tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Driving your vehicle 1JBA4068 Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 0 59 in 15 mm Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufactur ers warranty Install tire chains only on the front tires A CAUTION
264. ntial harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manu factured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of seri ous injury or death Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming Itis also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Features of your vehicle Programming HomeLink k NOTICE When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park the vehi cle outside of the garage It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmit ter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transaxle of the radio fre quency signal Some vehicles may require the igni tion switch to be turned to the second or accessories position for pro gramming and or operation of HomeLink In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515
265. obilizer sys tem Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Your Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle NOTICE Keep each key separately in order to avoid a starting malfunction Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static electrici ty and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction Features of your vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
266. of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Maintenance ee Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance FUSES Blade type Normal Blown Cartridge type Normal Main fuse Blown OLM079051N A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved
267. of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2011 Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc All rights reserved May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc Printed in U S A Introduction Your vehicle at a glance Safety features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle TABLE OF CONTENTS Driving your vehicle What to do in an emergency Maintenance Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects pao PN pofafafofuy Index Sioseeeeeses cece ese teeta cesses ae seers a seen et eee oe eee eee ace esos eet eat cee eee eee ace cee E E ees a Meeesoesecesen saa ame eee soca ease eee oe Introduction i How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle break in process 1 4 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 5 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 Introducti
268. of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire Rotate radial tires that have an Wheel alignment and tire balance asymmetric tread pattern only from The wheels on your vehicle were Fo a E3 Do not use the compact spare tire for factory to give you the longest tire life tire rotation and best overall performance ys In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again E3 E3 However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way S2BLA790A or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your Directional tires if equipped z ES wheels may need to be rebalanced A CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only CBGQ0707A approved wheel weights Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated Maintenance ee OEN076053 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait fo
269. ogy system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Priority in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown Features of your vehicle e Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again the pairing pro cedure must be completed once more Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Delete in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown ADVANCED Menu After pressing the button select the Phone menu while in PHONE menu select the Advanced menu to make Bluetooth wireless technology Phone settings The ADVANCED menu may differ according to audio specifica tions Incoming Volume call volume adjust ments While in ADVANCED menu select In Vol Use the knob key to set the desired vol ume and press the button Contacts Sync Automatic Phonebook download setting While in ADVANCED menu select Contacts to automatically save the contacts and call history in your mobile phone each time you connect a mobile device select ON If you do not wish for automatic download select OFF It s not ava
270. olice stations government and pub lic offices broadcasting stations mil itary installations airports or trans mitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers mobile charger remote starter navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire CAUTION Repair agents NEVER use a puncture repair ing agent to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will have to replace the tire pres sure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the TPMS s
271. on I HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all located in the back of this manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommen dations provided in these instructions CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction I O FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehic
272. on of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place an infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking opera tion mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract OBH038023N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle B210A
273. once the adjustment is complet easily control the steering wheel pedals ed Excessive operation may and switches on the instrument panel damage the electrical equipment e When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running Forward and backward e Do not operate two or more power Push the control switch forward or back seat control switches at the same ward to move the seat to the desired time Doing so may result in position Release the switch once the power seat motor or electrical Seat reaches the desired position component malfunction 7 OTF030006 Safety features of your vehicle OTF030007 Seatback angle Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OTF030008 Seat cushion height for driver s side Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reach es the desired position OTF030009 Lumbar support for driver s seat if equipped The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the driver
274. onds But if the belts is refastened within the 6 seconds the warning chime will turn off and the warn ing light will blink for the remainder of the 6 second period If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h Features of your vehicle Turn signal indicator a The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig nal system You should consult your deal er for repairs This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Front fog light indicator if equipped 0 The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights are ON T
275. onds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Album Random e To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again 3 HEEB Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 4 WAS Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direc tion in fast speed Features of your vehicle SEEK TRACK CA v a 1 CAT A scan mute v SAT Pe TF_USA_iPod 5 EATI Button Plays each song in the iPod device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again 6 GEG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is SONGS ALBUMS ARTISTS GEN RES iPod Features of your vehicle To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDL
276. oolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check the radiator heater and air con ditioning hoses for leaks or damage e Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid e Check the headlight alignment e Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps e Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year e Clean the body and door drain holes e Lubricate the door hinges and check the hood hinges e Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches e Lubricate the door rubber weather strips e Check the air conditioning system e Check the power steering fluid level e Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls e Clean the battery and terminals e Check the brake clutch fluid level SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy
277. ot available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at 7 500 miles or every engine oil change is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of operation Introduction ee VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main pur pose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hit ting a ro
278. ot detected m Type A m Type B Key is not detected Key is not detected OTF040082N If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the ENGINE START STOP button the warning illumi nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for 10 seconds Pie scce nese saat ene eee eee Sosa een esac eee eel a AE eae ene sete eae eas eee nee ce aoe cee E ee oo eee see eee ence meee n Same ee eee Low key battery m Type B m Type A Low Key Battery OTF040083N If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine m Type A m Type B Press brake pedal to start engine Press brake pedal to start engine OTF040084N If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Features of your vehicle Shift to P position m Type A m Type B t Shift to P position Shift to P Position OTF040085N If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START
279. otection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate o l OTF070006 Checking the coolant level Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F MAX and L MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool Maintenance If the coolant level is low add enough For mixture percentage refer to the fol E Type A specified coolant to provide protection lowing table against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F MAX but do not overfill If fre quent coolant addition is required see an Mixture Percentage volume authorized Kia dealer for a cooling sys Ambient tem inspection Temperature Antifreeze Water Recommended engine coolant l 5F 15 35 65 e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle 13 F 250 40 Go and never mix hard water in the 31 F 35 C 50 50 coolant filled at the factory An improp 49 F 45 C 60 40 er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol e coolant or mix them with the specifi
280. own when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system Driving your vehicle W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the igni tion switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS but your regular brakes will work normally Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi ble Driving your vehicle e When you drive on a road with poor traction such as an icy road and oper ated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the engine e Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery rechar
281. oxicated Do not drive while intoxicated Drinking and driving is dangerous Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs is as danger ous as or more dangerous than driving drunk A WARNING Fire risk When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be care ful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause a fire A WARNING Loose object Securely store items in your vehi cle When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the oper ation of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident OTF050001 Illuminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your con venience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds after the door is closed Driving your vehicle OTF050002 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position The anti
282. p Relay Box PDM 3 IG 2 Relay Ignition Switch ABS 1 40A ESC Module MULTI Fuse RR HTD G4KJ E R Fuse amp Relay Box RR HTD Relay G4KJ C FAN HI G4KH C FAN HI Relay G4KH BLOWER 40A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay I P Junction Box PDM 1 25A MODULE 3 7 5A S HEATER FRT 20A S HEATER RR 15A 40A 60A Coe ath TRUNK 10A P WDW LH 25A P WDW RH 25A Power Connector AUDIO 15A MDPS 80A EPS Control Module WIPER 10A PCM RR HTD IND 10A A C Control Module BRAKE SWITCH 10A Stop Lamp Switch Signal AMS 10A Battery Sensor FUSE TCU 1 10A PCM STOP LAMP 10A E R Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Smart Key Control Module Stop Lamp Switch DEICER 10A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Deicer Relay C FAN 40A E R Fuse amp Relay Box C Fan HIl Relay C Fan LO Relay ABS 2 30A Multipurpose Check Connector ESC Module RR THD G4KH 40A RR HTD Relay G4KH Maintenance EES SSS Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected IP B 3 50A I P Junction Box Power Connector ROOM LP 10A SUNROOF 20A DR LOCK 20A IPS 1 IPS 3 ARISU 1 IGN 1 40A Fuse amp Relay Box PDM 1 ACC Relay PDM 2 IG 1 Relay Ignition Switch EMS 40A EMS Box HORN 15A ECU 3 10A ECU 1 30A F PUMP 20A ECU 4 10A PCM FUSE TCU 2 15A Back Up Lamp Switch Vehicle Speed Sensor Transaxle Range Switch ABS 3 10A E R Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Stop Lamp Switch ESC Module Multi
283. pare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale may blink or illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized Kia dealer If original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel locat ed in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia deal er What to do in an emergency You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period Allow t
284. peration The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift Button lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module DOWN wide To shift depress the brake pedal and press the button Press the button when shifting gt gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OTFO50010 1 Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a forward or reverse gear CAUTION Transaxle To avoid damage to your transaxle do not accelerate the engine in R Reverse or any forward gear posi tion with the brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle with engine power Use the service brake or the parking brake Transaxle ranges The indicator light in the instrument clus ter displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position P Park Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating
285. pers amp windshields To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them e To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge Automatic turn off function if equipped The interior lights automatically turn off approximately 20 minutes after the igni tion switch is turned off If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system the interior lights automat ically turn off approximately 3 seconds after the system is in armed stage OVG049110 Map lamp Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and front passenger DOOR Inthe DOOR position the map lamp and the room lamp come on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open OFF ON The map lamp and the room lamp go out gradually after approximately 30
286. place the climate control air filter 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly When replacing the climate control air fil ter install it properly Otherwise the sys tem may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance ea re ee a aware WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 Blade inspection Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and fail ure Maintenance m Type A 1LDA5023 Front windshield wiper blade CAUTION Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper ar
287. provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing serv ice company for assistance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support osc E ene eee asec ease teense eee eee eel a cee AE eee eee te eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E oo eee e see eee ease eee EE eee eee What to do in an emergenc Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly OED066033 Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warnin
288. purpose Check Connector A V amp Navigation H nit Audio Electro Chromic Mirror BCM BUP LAMP cio ane A CON 10A A C Control Module Maintenance EE Engine compartment fuse panel EMS BOX Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected HORN 15A EMS Box Horn Relay E R Fuse amp Relay Box B Horn Relay F PUMP 20A EMS Box F Pump Relay ECU 3 15A PCM SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor Up Down E R Fuse amp Relay Box C FAN HI LO Relay INJECTOR 10A EMS Box F Pump Relay SENSOR 3 10A Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Immobilizer Module RCV Control Solenoid Valve G4KH Variable Intake Solenoid Valve G4KJ SENSOR 2 10A Canister Close Valve Oil Control Valve 1 2 Purge Control Solenoid Valve Crankshaft Position Sensor IGN COIL 20A Condenser Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 ECU 1 30A EMS Box Engine Control Relay Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified lf you don t have necessary tools the wattage correct bulbs and the expertise consult an authorized Kia dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs a CAUTION Light because other parts of the vehicle must replacement be removed before you can get to the Be sure to replace the burned out bulb This is especially true if you have to bulb with one of the same wattage remove the headlight assembly to get to rating Otherwise it may cause the bulb s Removing installing the dama
289. pward while oTFosooogn MOVINg the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rpm in the red zone Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever at neutral position and release the clutch Depress the clutch pedal and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position CAUTION Premature wear Do not use the shift lever as a han drest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unneces sary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or while driving up steep hills down shift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling
290. r paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode If the vehicle speed is lower than 10km h if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 7 seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D to sports mode and shift it from sports mode to D again the system change from manual mode to automatic mode With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear If you pull the and paddle shifters at the same time you can t shift the gear Shift lock system if equipped For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever lf the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition 2 OTF050011 Shift lock override with smart key system If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into the R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shif
291. r ON Press the button when the audio is off Power OFF Press the button for more than 0 8 seconds when the audio is on MUTE 4 if equipped e Press the button to mute the sound e Press the button to turn off the micro phone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section Features of your vehicle N Aux USB and iPod port If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a Registered trademark of Apple Inc FM radio reception IONOSPHERE JBM001 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance f
292. r and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details OTF040008 Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of the follow ing occurs e The smart key is in the vehicle e The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the trunk is opened Features of your vehicle Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s out side door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks the driver s door The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked Pressing the button in the front passen ger s ou
293. r the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control if equipped to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Maintenance a Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s sp
294. r the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds Safety features of your vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front pas senger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blanket front seat covers or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warn ing light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunc tion of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Driver s front air bag ee OT F030034 Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seat
295. r vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with an igni tion key if equipped 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below O F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine A CAUTION Starter Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may d
296. rake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active Driving your vehicle ESC operation ESC ON condition When operating When the ESC is in operation ESC operation off ESC OFF state e When the ignition is turned ON ESC and ESC OFF indi cator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem ee ESC indicator light blinks e When the Electronic Stability Control is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual e When moving out of the mud or slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revo lutions per minute to increase ee OFF e To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light illu minates e If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again Driving your vehicle m ESC indicator light GE m ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF
297. rakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces A CAUTION Brake pedal Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal This will create abnormally high brake tempera tures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s abil ity to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear br
298. rbone belt may not properly protect you in e Never allow children to ride in the front an accident and could even cut into passenger seat See child restraint your body system section for further discussion Safety features of your vehicle 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning for driver s seat The driver s seat belt warning light and chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON posi tion Conditions Warning Pattern Vehicle Chime Seat Belt Speed Light Blink Sound Unbuckled 6 seconds Buckled 6 seconds None Below 3 mph N 5 km h 6 seconds one Buckled gt 3 mph Unbuckled 6 mph S seconds Above 6 mph 6 sec on 24 sec off 10 km h 11 times Above 6 mph 10 km h 6 seconds Unbuckled L L Below 3 mph Stop 5 km h 1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately ate an oTF030046n Seat belt warning for front passen ger s seat The front passenger s seat belt warning light will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON posi tion Safety features of your vehicle Conditions Warning Pattern Vehicle Light Blink Seat Belt Speed ight Blin Unbuckled 6 seconds Abo
299. re is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT
300. red position while the window is in operation momentarily pull up the switch to the opposite direction of the window movement OTF040022 Auto up down window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Features of your vehicle i M OUN026013 Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 11 8 in 30 cm to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 1 in 2 5 cm And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic
301. ribed in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the par
302. ries may also interfere with the sensor per formance e The sensor may not recognize objects less than 15 in 40 cm from the sen sor or it may sense an incorrect dis tance Use caution e When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth e Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor Sensor damage could occur Features of your vehicle NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehi cle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED 2 4 seconds may be required before displaying during initial reverse selection This occurs when starting and immedi ately shifting to reverse This syste
303. riving the vehicle do not down on it until it locks To be sure the use emergency trunk lid release trunk lid is securely fastened always e If there is a problem with the check by trying to pull it up again trunk have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Emergency trunk lid release cable 1 Take the cover out by putting the screwdriver or key at left side and rais ing cover slightly upward 2 Pull the hook of cable 3 After use securely close the cover Features of your vehicle Z y Er lt OTF040018 Emergency trunk safety release Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency trunk release lever located inside the trunk If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down 7 Power window lock button if equipped OTF040019N Features of your vehicle In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that
304. rmined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to
305. rol Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance n Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages
306. rol system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 4 OMG055004 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the drivers side center pillar Maintenance a Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires
307. rom the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM radio reception IONOSPHERE JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage Features of your vehicle FM radio station Mountains g JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occ
308. roximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the out side temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire infla tion pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pres sure What to do in an emergency TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under infla tion warning at the same time as sys tem failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at p
309. rt key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened if equipped If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following techniques to exit e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manu al while simultaneously pulling on the door handle e Operate the other door locks and han dles front and rear e Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside Features of your vehicle Driver s door OTF040012N A OTF 0140013 With central door lock switch if equipped Operate by pressing the central door lock switch e Press the switch to the Lock position 1 all vehicle doors will lock e Press the switch to the Unlock posi tion 2 all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the Lock position 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped A WARNING Doors The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door A WARNING Unattended children animals Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Features o
310. ry Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks A WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode A WARNING Frozen batteries Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low as the battery may rupture or explode WARNING Sulfuric acid risk When jump starting your vehicle be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Automobile batteries contain sulfu ric acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure Absorbent Glass Matt AGM batteries are maintenance free and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer For charging your AGM battery use only fully automatic battery chargers that are spe cially developed for AGM batteries When replacing the AGM battery use only the Kia genuine battery for the ISG system NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be calibrated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times A CAUTION AGM battery cap Do not open or remove the cap on top
311. s The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate and the head light escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore causes the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle Headlight leveling device if equipped Automatic type It automatically adjusts the headlight beam level according to the number of passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area And it offers the proper headlight beam under various conditions Features of your vehicle OXM049110 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped OAM049041 Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail posi tion license and instrument panel lights will turn ON OAM049042 Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail position license and in
312. s be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fum
313. s been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESC indicator light amp or ESC warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 9 mph 15 km h on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 18 mph 30 km h when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces e The Vehicle Stability Management sys tem is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplementary function only It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the dis tance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving e Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions includ ing driving in inclement weather and on a slippery road Driving your vehicle Good braking practices e Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driv ing away e Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
314. s in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The com pact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 60 psi 420 kPa Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury e Do not ex
315. sceseesesnenssnneneescens 4 115 Curtain air bag ELME OENES ANIE ELA A CETE VEETEE EN 3 49 D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illominationesrstetsssrsersriesrsrsriisediss ee re CaSO E NEEE EA 4 50 Dashboard see instrument cluster e st eeteeereeeereereres 4 49 Defogging Windshield eeereeettrrestteerettteessttteesetttee 4 109 Defogging logic Windshield 1 seseseseeseeees 4 111 Defroster Rear Window eeeeeeeeetterttertessrerttesreessesreeesess 4 9 Digital Clock s sssssssssesesseeseesessesssseesesseesensensenseneeseees 4 117 Dim nsions erinnere aep a E A EEE EAE 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel ill minatione ssis iisessisessissssicsissessrsrsiusessis ossis saksi sisisa 4 50 Displays see instrument cluster esee eesesesersererereseresesseee 4 49 Distance to SCrviCe rrr ssrssssssise isisi ss irssi sis srssnsita sess ni 4 56 Door loCK gs s isssesssccssecesseecisccciaccstenssvtecsecoussevasecssstteaceedtoed 4 13 Central door lock switch sesssessesseesseeeeeseee seer eeeeees 4 15 Child protector Tear door LOCK resseeseeeceeeeeesceeeessceeeeeees 4 16 Index ea Drinks holders see cup holders eetere 4 115 Driver s 3 point system with evergency locking LRLLACTOL s6 gt ssese sen cnssecesansacsccsseccsvencstoncssestaroseseosseseseaecssie 3 19 Driver s air bag PESETA IEE ISEO IEI AE TER EIT TOENE 3 45 Driver s position Memory System eetere 4 34 Driving at night IPEE NAPE
316. se in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of E85 fuel Introduction I Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good qual ity gasolines treated with detergent addi tives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which helps prevent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For Customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is n
317. seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immedi ately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on continuously If the type B room lamp switch is OFF it doesn t work The lights turn off even if a door is opened When the lamp is turned ON by pressing the lens 1 the lamp does not turn off even if the switch 2 is in the OFF posi tion The map lamp and the room lamp stay on at all times Features of your vehicle E Type B e OFF The lights turn off even if a door DOOR In the DOOR position the map is opened lamp and the room lamp come ON The room lamp stays on at all on when any door is opened times regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK OTF040109 pos
318. sed The temperature control knob allows you windshield with a small amount of air separately using the thumbwheel to control the temperature of the air flow directed to the side window defrosters Also you can adjust the direction of air ing from the ventilation system To delivered from these vents using the vent change the air temperature in the pas control lever as shown senger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of your vehicle Adjusting the driver and passenger side Temperature conversion temperature equally You can switch the temperature mode 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol tivate DUAL mode The passenger lows side temperature will be set to the While pressing the MODE press the same temperature as the driver side DUAL button for 3 seconds or more temperature The display will change from Fahrenheit 2 Operate the driver side temperature to Centigrade or from Centigrade to control switch The driver and passen Fahrenheit ger side temperature will be adjusted If the battery has been discharged or dis equally connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Fahrenheit OTF040137 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automatically switch to t
319. select e SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously On or just once Off SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to turn the SDVC feature On or Off If it is turned ON volume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected e SAT Select default display of SIRIUS mode Cat Ch or Artist Title can be selected PHONE Select this item to enter BLUETOOTH setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information Features of your vehicle 3 4 5 6 r A r E J scan mute pier Sa jy TF_USA_RADIO 8 BS amp ECUS Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to increase or decrease from current frequency AM 10kHz FM 200kHz Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise
320. sioner seat belt eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee 3 22 Push starting ee ee ee teeter eet eee errr ern 6 6 Index EEE OOOO R Rear parking assist SYSTEM e tettrterrtererrererterereerrsereneerens 4 76 Rear SGA beeasetearidessiedswnodcaseennsesancoesnaet onan Ea EAEan EMED ds 3 13 Pe rview CAMEeLarsstssssteestteeeteeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 4 79 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures e 7 39 Recommended lubricants and capacities eretet 8 6 Recommended SAE viscosity number oereeeeerereereeeee 8 7 Remote keyless CMULY veeeseseseeeeseseseeteeeeseeeteneeseeeenseeeneneeees 4 5 Replacement light BUD Bcsececccsiecesecccesscssteccsseccaascsaceceacccses 7 64 Reporting safety defects wseeccscesssccivesccctessssseccasessteccoacewsss 8 13 Road warning P E EE T E T 6 2 Rocking the Vehicle sss scssesencosapcessesessesossicscassssicsscocstsbsens 5 39 S Scheduled maintenance Service e eeeeeeseeesereerreerreesserserees 7 7 Normal maintenance schedule Oreo meee ener renee en eee en eeeneeeneseee 7 8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 18 Seat belts tte etter ere c rr rrr n ns 3 17 Driver s 3 point system with evergency locking retractor verre cece cece ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeseeeseeeeneeeees 3 1 9 Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor Mees 3 21 Pre tensioner seat belt eee eee eee eee eee eee ere eee ee reer 3 22 Seat belt warning De
321. stem should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Compressor damage lt is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Fan speed control switch Driver s temperature control knob Outside air position button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Mode selection button Passenger s temperature control knob Dual temperature control selection button 9 Rear window defroster button 10 OFF button 11 Recirculated air position button Type A Air intake control button Type B 12 AUTO automatic control button 13 Climate control display 14 Climate information screen selection button AN oOooakwW DY OTF040129 OTF040175N Features of your vehicle OTF040131 Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by
322. strument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle OVG049181 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehi cle Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor opera tion If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Features of your vehicle Bee LY a OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be o
323. sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at the ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING wk ral Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Booster battery Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set A WARNING Batte
324. system AN COMPASS ettette ttetttertrt tr tennn et trtteennnn treet nen 4 39 Inside rearview Mirror cece eeeeeeeeteetetteetettetetrereereerereeeees 4 39 Outside rearview Mior v eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeceteeeeeeeeeees 4 46 Moonroof see panorama Sunroof esses 4 30 Multi fuse naseer e o EERE E E EE anid 7 56 N Neck restraints see headrest eee eee eee eee eee eee es 3 8 3 13 O Occupant detection system ss sssseseesseeeteteteteteenens 3 40 Odometer eeeeseseseseoesoeceseeesosesseseseseoesooeeseeeessesoeseesseeeseoesenen 4 52 Oil Engine TEATE EORR PAEPAE NE E EEEN T27 Online factory authorized manuals o eeeeeereeeereeeeeees 8 14 Outside r aryiew mirrOp sesesersstessessssssssss sesssisdsssssssnisasisa 4 46 Overheats ee et tenet erent errr rt 6 7 Owner MAINTENANCE sse sisean ioa kinagisnan s 7 5 P Paddle shifter eee eee etter eee e rere errr rer 5 19 Panorama sunroof Pere e reer e rere reerereere errr eere rere ee ee eee ere erie 4 30 Parking brake ssssssssssssssssesssesseesessssssessessesenassassssenss 5 22 Parking brake inspect See e eee ee nee eee e tenn eee ee een nee eee ee nenee ee eeennes 7 28 Passenger s front air bag PEP Pereereeeree Terre eer er rere eerer errr reer rire 3 45 Power Dralies siccsesccecccesccccetoceace seascesacecanceeiase ate cerdzetaneserve 5 21 Power outlet eee ee eee rere renner nnn 4 1 16 Power window lock button eeeeeeeeeeeesoeseeeeeeseooesoeeeeceseoeseeen 4 24 Pre ten
325. t is heated up It may explode i 2 te 2 ja _OTF040160 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders Features of your vehicle OVG049174 Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped A CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and pos sible sunvisor damage Power outlet if equipped The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the acces sory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity Adjust the a
326. t key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmit ter When the transmitter or smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter or smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the _ user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party respon sible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle OED039003A OSL040005 Battery replacement A battery should last for several years but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly try replacing the bat tery with a new one If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer 1 Pry open the transmitter or smart key center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery m
327. t lock access hole 1 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices e Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed e Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion e Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged e Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving e Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted b
328. t or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min ata time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C What to do in an emergency Components of the TireMobilityKit 0 Speed restriction label 1 Sealant bottle and speed restriction 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 3 Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection label with OEL069020 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 5 Compressor 6 On off switch 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 8 Button for reducing tire inflation pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure Strictly follow What to do in an emergenc Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the
329. t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Manual transaxle operation We The manual transaxle has 6 forward As CAUTION Downshifting gears Do not downshift more than 2 gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift or downshift the CEN WANN We knob The transaxle is fully synchronized enginem Spann mgga high speed in all forward gears so shifting to either a 5 000 RPM or higher Such down higher or a lower gear is easily accom Shifting may damage the engine plished Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R The button 1 should be pressed when Reverse The ring 1 located below the The shift lever can be moved without pressing the button moving the shift lever into reverse shift knob must be pulled u
330. t will move the driver s seat forward when the ignition key is inserted e With smart key system It will move the driver s seat rearward when the engine start stop button is turned to the OFF position or the smart key is removed from the smart key holder It will move the driver s seat forward when the engine start stop button is turned to the ACC or START position or the smart key is inserted into the smart key holder Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The steering effort is increased imme diately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics
331. tection system OTF030038 K The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors Safety features of your vehicle They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any compo nents of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an author ized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off ina collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impa
332. ted open view of the sky a requirement of a satel lite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the anten na clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broad casts music sports news and entertain ment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wire less devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and an introductory trial sub scription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle e For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended subscrip tion terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS com patible receiver and a subs
333. tem 5 21 Cruise control system 5 32 Active eco system 5 36 Economical operation 5 37 Driving your vehicle e Special driving conditions 5 39 Winter driving 5 43 Vehicle load limit 5 47 Vehicle weight 5 52 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer A WARNING Engine exhaust Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in an enclosed area for a prolonged time Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconscious ness and death by asphyxiation WARNING Open trunk Do not drive with the trunk open Poisonous exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk open pro ceed as follows 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at the highest speed A WARNING California proposition 65 Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehi cle contain or emit
334. the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Maintenance es Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the front wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed When driving on roads covered with snow or ice drive at less than 20 mph 30 km h Use the SAE S class or wire chains If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body retighten the chain to avoid contact with the vehicle body To prevent body damage retighten the chains after driving 0 3 0 6 miles 0 5 1 0 km Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels In unavoidable circumstances use a wire type chain Use wire chains less than 0 59 inches 15 mm to prevent damage to the chain s connection Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are select ed to complement the ride and han dling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing
335. the sunroof glass or sunshade is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passen gers and objects are away from the sun roof before closing it CAUTION Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged Features of your vehicle Tilting the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged OYF049214 Sunshade To open the sunshade pull the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position e To close the sunshade when the sun roo
336. theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the drivers seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for the automatic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warn ing light can be checked in this position Driving your vehicle ENGINE Slant oror BUTTON IF EQUIPPED OTFO50005 IIluminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds after the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated To turn off the engine START STOP position or vehicle power ON position press the ENGINE START STOP
337. tle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Maintenance a eS NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 72 months 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 78 months Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect brake hoses and lines QO Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI Q Inspect drive shafts and boots 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 156 months Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Add fuel additive Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors T Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends upper arm ball joint on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author rece Fa ized Kia dealer for details Q Inspect fuel filter 3 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections ommended Additives are available from yo
338. to move to parent folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed SCAN MUTE v Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE IPOD DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation e The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual e An iPod may not operate normal ly on low battery e Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth wireless technology interface The device must have audio Bluetooth wireless technology capa bility such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth wireless technology The device can play but it will not be con trolled by the audio system CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE e The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate the iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable provided by Apple may cause malfunction and should not be used for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership e When connecting iPod with th
339. to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance e Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed e Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake components e Ifa tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place e If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehi cle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped e Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the
340. tor light will flash first slowly and then rap idly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indica tor light stays on constantly program ming is complete and your new device should activate Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased However to erase all three programmed buttons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training learn mode and can be programmed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming sections above FCC ID NZLZTVHL3 IC 4112A ZTVHL3 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NVS and ZNav are registered trade marks Nav are of Gentex Corporation Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls Technology Company Holland Michigan Features of your vehicle Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Yo
341. tor LED Channel 3 button Rear light sensor Dimming ON OFF button Compass control button Compass display AAS daaa t re rm NS NS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce annoying glare in the rearview mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other appli cations please refer to the Gentex web site www gentex com CAUTION The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving condi tions based upon light levels moni tored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle These light sensors are visible through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature Automatic dimming function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles travel ing behind you The auto dimming func tion can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indicat ed by the green Status Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on NOTICE The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started Features of your vehicle Z Nav Comp
342. torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 65 79 Ib ft 9 11 kg m What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations CAUTION Reducing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle i
343. tside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is with in 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside door handle Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Smart key precautions e If you lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized Kia dealer A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to protect it from potential theft The smart key will not work if any of fol lowing occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work cor rectly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an author ized Kia dealer CAUTION Transmitter Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged an
344. tures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of cor rosive materials Attention to the under side of the vehicle is particularly impor tant e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over ees e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame member
345. u repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio SIRIUS or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the USB device is divided by logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio e Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera that are unrecognizable by stan dard USB I F may be unrecogniz able by the system Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable
346. until it locks into place 6 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into assembly and turn the socket clockwise OTF070029 Side repeater light bulb replace ment Type A If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer OTFO70048N Type B 1 Turn off the engine 2 Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the assembly and pulling the assembly out 3 Disconnect the bulb electrical connec tor 4 Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part 5 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Insert a new bulb in the socket Reassemble the socket and the lens part 8 Connect the bulb electrical connector 9 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle NO Maintenance CAUTION When you remove the side repeater cover be careful not to damage the side repeater cover and vehicle sur face OTF070030 Front fog light 1 Turn off the engine 2 Remove the under cover by rotating the screws 3 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 4 Disconnect the power connector 5 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter OTF070047 clockwise until the tabs on the socket nati align with the slots on the hous
347. ur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears Station 2 JBM005 e Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal e Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Satellite radio reception You may experience difficulties in receiv ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in the following situations SATELITE1 e If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov ered parking area e If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi level freeway e If you drive under a bridge e If you are driving next to a tall vehicle such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal e If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite e If you are driving on a mountain road where the signal is blocked by moun tains Mountains Buildings Unobstructed Ep area SS l ai A Iron bridges SATELITE2 e If you are driving i
348. ur authorized Kia dealer along Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 144 months Q Add fuel additive QO Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 0 T GDI Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 84 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Replace spark plugs irid
349. ur vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch if equipped The mirror heads can be fold ed to prevent damage during an auto matic car wash or when passing through a narrow street The right outside rearview mirror is con vex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual dis tance of following vehicles when chang ing lanes CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water OTF040044N Remote control Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position Move the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into neutral center position to prevent inad vertent adjustment Features of your vehicle CAUTION Outside mirror
350. ure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove gt or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate z B240B05L Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant detection system in the front pas senger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant detection system Safety features of your vehicle Main components of occupant detec tion system e A detection device locat
351. urn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse X NOTICE If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even when the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Hy OTF070020 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other 2 3 switches off Remove the fuse box cover by press ing the tap and pulling up the cover Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance CAUTION Fuse panel covers After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover to pre vent electrical failures which may occur from water leaking in Maintenance OTFO70021 Main fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the
352. use multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there
353. using compressed air Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule A CAUTION Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extremely maintenance dusty or sandy areas replace the ele Do not drive with the air cleaner ment more often than the usual recom removed this will result in exces mended intervals Refer to sive engine wear Maintenance under severe usage condi e When removing the air cleaner fil tions in this section ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result e Use a Kia genuine part Use of nongenuine part could damage the air flow sensor Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents OTFO70013 Filter replacement 1 Open the glove box OTFO70015 2 Remove the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock on the right side of the cover 3 Push the right side of the climate con trol air filter and pull the climate control air filter out Maintenance OMG079027 4 Re
354. ve 6mph Unbuckled 10 km h Continuously Buckled 6 seconds Al h Dove mp Continuously Buckled 10 km h Unbuckled Below 6mph None 10 km h 1 The seat belt warning light will go off if the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h If the vehicle speed increases above 3 mph 5 km h the warning light will blink again e You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel e Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds e The seat belt warning light can blink when a briefcase or purse is placed on the front passenger seat B180A01NF 1 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are unable to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be
355. vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels e Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without depressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed
356. while to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to empha size rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the con trol knob is turned counterclockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated e BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated Features of your vehicle 2 E gt 1 2 y 77 3 I aN w 0 SEEK a Ye J TRACK SCAN MUTE Using CD Player 1 Button If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode It wil play the next song at once e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 3 HB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in
357. window reversal will not operate Features of your vehicle The automatic reverse feature for the dri vers window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch OTF040023 Power window lock button n equipped e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch located on the driver s door to the LOCK position pressed When the power window lock bution is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows A CAUTION Opening closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstruc tions are safely out of the way before closing a window Features of your vehicle OTF040024 OTF040025N Opening the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the hood slightly pull the secondary latch 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the Tae f 1 inside of the hood center and lift hood The hood should pop open slightly the hood 2 Open the hood after turning off the 3 Raise the hood It will raise compl
358. windshield Features of your vehicle OTF040143 1 Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Select any fan speed except 0 posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the 3 or W position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corre sponding button manually Features of your vehicle OTF040144 1 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically OTF040145N 1 Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Select desired fan speed 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically adjust the corre sponding button manually OTF040146N 1 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically Features of your vehicle Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake or air condit
359. xample tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P205 55R16 89H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 55 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches 89 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 0JX16 6 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicles The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Speed Rating Maximum Speed Symbol S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h H 130 mph 210 k
360. y or screwdriver into the hole and turn it to the lock posi tion the child safety lock 1 located on the rear edge of the door to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of your vehicle Opening the trunk e Press the trunk unlock button for more than 1 second on the transmitter or smart key e Press the button on the trunk handle with the smart key in your possession Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk locks automatically OTF040016 To open the trunk from inside the vehi cle pull the trunk lid release button Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk locks automatically NOTICE In cold and wet climates trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may not work prop erly due to freezing conditions CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached hardware if the trunk is not closed prior to driving Features of your vehicle N A Closing the trunk CAUTION g To close lower the trunk lid then press e While d

Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents